Mar 29, 2024  
College Catalog 2021-2022 
    
College Catalog 2021-2022 [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions/Official Course Syllabi


  

 

Legal Assistant

  
  • LEGA 2100 - Mechanics of Real Estate Law

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010 

    This course covers the law of real property. It emphasizes the preparation of various real estate documents such as deeds, leases, closing statements, etc.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the characteristics of Michigan Real Property.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. List and explain the characteristics of real property.
    2. Explain the characteristics of real property
    3. Differentiate between real property and personal property.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish between the different types of ownership for real property.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the different types of ownership for real property.
    2. Explain the different types of ownership for real property.
    3. Define the different types of ownership for real property.
    4. Analyze the different types of ownership for real property.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the ways to acquire title to real property.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the different ways to transfer title to real property.
    2. Define the various ways to acquire title to real property.
    3. List the various ways to transfer title to real property.
    4. Distinguish between the different ways to transfer title to real property.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the different types of burdens on land.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different types of burdens on land.
    2. Define the different types of burdens on land.
    3. Distinguish between the different types of burdens on land.
    4. Describe the different types of burdens on land.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the different types of leasehold estates (landlord/tenant matters).

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the different types of leasehold estates.
    2. Define the different types of leasehold estates.
    3. Differentiate the different types of leasehold estates.
    4. Describe the rights or duties a tenant or landlord has in leasehold estates.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare Michigan Real Property documents or forms for a client’s situation.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Gather information needed to formulate appropriate forms or documents concerning a client’s situation.
    2. Locate appropriate Michigan Real Property documents or forms for a client’s situation.
    3. Identify appropriate Michigan Real Property documents or forms for a client’s situation.
    4. Distinguish between the various Michigan Real Property documents or forms for a client’s situation.
    5. Analyze characteristics of real property, which affect the value of real property.
    6. Analyze appropriate Michigan Real Property documents or forms for a client’s situation.
    7. Use appropriate Michigan Real Property documents or forms for a client’s situation.
    8. Apply the different types of ownership for real property to legal situations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Definition and Nature of Real Property
    2. Fixtures
    3. Forms of Ownership
    4. Burdens on Land - easements, liens, restrictive, covenants, government regulations, profits, air and mineral rights, riparian rights
    5. Agency Relationships in Real Estate
    6. Real Estate Contracts (Law & Forms)
    7. Transfer of Title (Law & Forms)
    8. Real Estate Financing - Mortgage, promissory note, foreclosure forfeiture
    9. Real Estate Closing (Forms & Procedures)
    10. Land Use Controls - zoning, building codes, private restrictions
    11. Leaseholds (Landlord/Tenant Matters)

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2110 - Principles of Family Law

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010 

    This course provides a study of the marriage relationship; legal problems with children; dissolution of marriage; custody; legitimacy; adoption; change of name; guardianship; support; court procedures; and separation agreements.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the family law court structure and procedures.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify Circuit Court (Family Division) and Friend of the Court structure and procedures.
    2. Identify and apply Friend of the Court structure and procedures.
    3. Define mediation and arbitration.
    4. Distinguish between mediation and arbitration.
    5. Describe the mediation process as well as the arbitration process.
    6. Apply Circuit Court (Family Division) and Friend of the Court structure and procedures to legal situations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the differences between marital rights and responsibilities and legal recognition of non-marital families.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Differentiate between marital and non-marital families.
    2. Identify marital rights and responsibilities and non-marital families’ rights and responsibilities.
    3. Define the legal concepts of dower, domicile, spousal elective rights, and tenancy by the entirety.
    4. List the elements for a common law marriage.
    5. Identify the requirements in Michigan for a valid marriage.
    6. Define a prenuptial agreement.
    7. List the elements that establish a valid prenuptial agreement.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the difference between a divorce, a judicial separation, and an annulment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Define a divorce, a judicial separation, or an annulment.
    2. Distinguish between a divorce, a judicial separation, or an annulment.
    3. Identify the procedures for filing for a divorce, a judicial separation, or an annulment.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze appropriate family law concerning termination of or emancipation of parental rights and responsibilities and restoration of parental rights.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Apply the Parental Responsibility Act and the Parental Rights Restoration Act to a legal situation.
    2. Explain the Paternity Act and the Parental Rights Restoration Act.
    3. Compile documents needed for filing a paternity action.
    4. Explain the rights of a putative father.
    5. Identify situations involving termination of or emancipation of parental rights and responsibilities.
    6. Explain emancipation, paternity, order of affiliation, affidavit of paternity, and child born-out-of-wedlock.
    7. Apply Michigan law concerning test tube conception to a legal scenario.
    8. Apply Michigan law concerning surrogate parenting to a legal scenario.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the differences between child custody, visitation, adoption, and child support matters.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Define child custody, visitation, adoption, and child support.
    2. Identify matters concerning child custody, visitation, adoption, or child support.
    3. Locate appropriate Michigan family law pertaining to child custody, visitation, adoption, or child support matters.
    4. Apply appropriate Michigan family law pertaining to child custody, visitation, adoption, or child support matters.
    5. Distinguish between legal and physical custody and joint legal and physical custody.
    6. Explain legal and physical custody and joint legal and physical custody.
    7. Distinguish between the different types of adoption.
    8. Explain the procedures necessary for obtaining modification of child custody or child support orders.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare documents involving family law for a divorce, for trial, or for Friend of the Court.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Gather information or evidence concerning a client’s factual situation concerning a family dilemma.
    2. Identify the necessary documents needed for a divorce, for trial, or for Friend of the Court that involve family matters.
    3. Compose the necessary documents needed for a divorce, for trial, or for Friend of the Court that involve family matters.
    4. Assist attorneys in preparing a client for a divorce, for trial, or for a matter before the Friend of the Court.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Marriage rights and responsibilities, ante nuptial agreements, Dower Family Support Act, Family Counseling Act
    2. Paternity, blood-testing, rights of putative fathers, test-tube conception, Surrogate Parenting Act
    3. Adoption law and procedures
    4. Legal recognition of non-marital families
    5. Divorce, judicial separation, annulment, filing, and initial procedures
    6. Child custody, visitation, grandparent visitation
    7. Child support and support collection procedures
    8. Friend of the Court structure and procedures
    9. Discovery, alimony, property settlement
    10. Mediation and court rules and the divorce process
    11. Motions, judgments, QDROS, QMSO, post judgment procedures
    12. Parental Rights Restoration Act, emancipation, Parental Responsibility Act
    13. Torts - legal status of women, personal protection orders, domestic violence laws

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2130 - Proceedings Under the Federal Bankruptcy Code & Debt Collection

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010 

    This course covers the law of debt collection practice and procedure in Michigan and a study of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. It emphasizes the many forms and procedures used by attorneys in Michigan debt collection practice and Federal Bankruptcy practice. Students prepare a practice set of bankruptcy forms for a liquidation case.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to explain the difference between collection law and bankruptcy law.

    Objectives:

    1. Define collection law and bankruptcy law.
    2. Differentiate between a collection matter and a bankruptcy matter.
    3. Identify a client’s situation involving a bankruptcy matter or a collection matter.
    4. Identify the office systems in a collection case.
    5. Identify the bankruptcy court.
    6. Explain the duties and powers of the bankruptcy court.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the different ways that debtors may file for bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different ways that debtors may file for bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.
    2. Define the different ways that debtors may file for bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.
    3. Differentiate between the different ways that debtors may file for bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.
    4. Analyze the different ways that debtors may file for bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.
    5. Explain the different ways that debtors may file for bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to prepare Bankruptcy forms for a liquidation case or a Chapter 13 Plan under the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

    Objectives:

    1. Gather information needed to formulate appropriate forms or documents concerning a client’s bankruptcy situation.
    2. Locate appropriate Bankruptcy documents or forms for a client’s liquidation matter or a Chapter 13 Plan.
    3. Identify appropriate Bankruptcy documents or forms for a client’s liquidation matter or a Chapter 13 Plan.
    4. Distinguish between the various Bankruptcy documents or forms for a client’s liquidation matter or a Chapter 13 Plan.
    5. Analyze appropriate Bankruptcy documents or forms for a client’s liquidation matter or a Chapter 13 Plan.
    6. Use appropriate Bankruptcy documents or forms for a client’s liquidation matter or a Chapter 13 Plan.
    7. Assist attorneys in preparing debtors for bankruptcy court.
    8. Communicate with a Trustee involving a debtor client’s situation.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to prepare court forms for a debtor client’s collection case in a state arena.

    Objectives:

    1. Gather information needed to formulate appropriate forms or documents concerning a client’s collection situation.
    2. Locate appropriate documents or forms for a client’s collection matter.
    3. Identify appropriate documents or forms for a client’s collection matter.
    4. Distinguish between the various documents or forms for a client’s collection matter.
    5. Analyze appropriate documents or forms for a client’s collection matter.
    6. Use appropriate documents or forms for a client’s collection matter.
    7. Assist attorneys in preparing debtors for a collection case.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Overview of Bankruptcy process
    2. Common questions for Debtor’s Counsel from clients
    3. Preparation of a Chapter 7 bankruptcy case and commence preparing schedules
    4. Filing the case, Debtor’s obligations in filing the case, Meeting of creditor’s and examination, Debtor’s rights, Amendments, Reaffirmation Redemption, Surrender of collateral
    5. Discharge of debt’s, continue preparing schedules and application of information to schedules
    6. Chapter 13 bankruptcy
    7. Overview of debt collection process and the anatomy of a lawsuit in the Michigan Courts
    8. Debt Collection Process
      1. Fair Debt Collection Practice Act (Federal)
      2. Collection Practices Act (State)
      3. Collection Letters
      4. Role of the Legal Assistant
      5. Initiation of office procedures
      6. Commencement of Litigation - Michigan court rules, summons, complaint, affidavit of account default and consent judgments, answers and offer of judgment
      7. Discover, interrogatories, depositions, requests for admissions subpoenas and other discovery measures
      8. Trial Burden of proof, exhibits and witnesses
    9. Post Judgment Remedies
      1. Garnishments
      2. Executions
      3. Discovery subpoenas
      4. Creditors exams
      5. Obtaining appropriate financial information
      6. Orders to show cause and bench warrants

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2140 - Estate Administration & Elder Law in Michigan

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010  

    (replaces but does not equate to LEGA 2120)

    This course presents information and procedures with respect to wills, trusts, estates, probate proceedings, conservatorships, administration of testate and intestate estates, analysis of the Estates and Protected Individuals Code (EPIC), will execution, life insurance, elder law, and estate planning.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the impact of elder law on estate planning.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the components of elder law.
    2. Define the components of elder law.
    3. Classify the components of elder law.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to categorize the different types of classes of property.

    Objectives:

    1. Define real property, personal property, tangible property, and intangible property.
    2. Distinguish the differences between real property, personal property, tangible property and intangible property.
    3. Classify characteristics between tangible property and intangible property.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the differences between the passage of real property by operation of law, by will, by trust, and by court proceedings.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the passage of real property by operation of law (intestate succession), by will (testate succession), by trust (living and testamentary), and by probate court proceedings (decedent’s estates and conservatorships).
    2. Distinguish between the passage of real property by operation of law (intestate succession), by will (testate succession), by trust (living and testamentary), and by probate court proceedings (decedent’s estates and conservatorships).
    3. Define concepts of passage of real property by operation of law (intestate succession), by will (testate succession), by trust (living and testamentary), and by probate court proceedings (decedent’s estates and conservatorships).

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the differences between the passage of personal property by operation of law, by will, by trust, and by court proceedings.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the passage of personal property by operation of law (intestate succession), by will (testate succession), by trust (living and testamentary), and by probate court proceedings (decedent’s estates and conservatorships).
    2. Distinguish between the passage of personal property by operation of law (intestate succession), by will (testate succession), by trust (living and testamentary), and by probate court proceedings (decedent’s estates and conservatorships).
    3. Define concepts of passage of personal property by operation of law (intestate succession), by will (testate succession), by trust (living and testamentary), and by probate court proceedings (decedent’s estates and conservatorships).

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the process of estate planning under the Estates and Protected Individuals Code (EPIC).

    Objectives:

    1. Identify Michigan law under EPIC.
    2. Apply Michigan law under EPIC to a client’s situation.
    3. Explain Michigan law under EPIC.
    4. Explain various components of probate law.
    5. Explain various components of elder law.
    6. Apply probate law to various scenarios.
    7. Apply elder law to various scenarios.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare documents for estate planning in probate and in elder law situations.

    Objectives:

    1. Define estate planning.
    2. Gather client’s information concerning his/her estate.
    3. Locate appropriate forms for preparing an estate plan.
    4. Discuss ethical issues in estate planning.
    5. Identify ethical issues in estate planning.
    6. Explain the purposes of the estate planning documents.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare documents for probate court proceedings and elder law estate planning.

    Objectives:

    1. Gather client’s information.
    2. Locate appropriate forms for preparing petitions applications for probate proceedings.
    3. Differentiate between informal and formal probate proceedings.
    4. Organize documents for probate court proceedings.
    5. Organize documents for estate planning for elders.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. General Overview of Estate Planning and Estate Administration
    • Estate and Protected Individuals Code (EPIC)
    • Definitions of terms used in EPIC
    • Probate law
    1. General Overview of Elder Law
    • Competency
    • Cultural and generational issues
    • End of life decisions
    • Physical and financial abuse of elderly individuals
    • Medicare and Medicaid
    1. Sources of Property Real and Personal
    • Distinction between real and personal property
    • Distinction between tangible personal property and intangible personal property
    • Identification of personal property and real property
    1. The Laws of Succession
    • Distinction between intestate succession and testate succession
    • Passage by operation of law
    • Passage by will
    • Passage by trust
    • Passage by court proceedings
    1. Trusts
    • Types of trust
    • Elements of a trust
    • Distinction between revocable and irrevocable trusts
    1. Wills
    • Types of wills
    • Elements for holographic wills
    • Requirements/clauses for formal wills
    1. Estate Administration
    • Formal versus informal proceedings for estate administration
    • Probate forms required
    • Probate proceedings
    1. Taxation
    • Tax aspects in decedent’s estates
    • Various forms that may be needed in estate proceedings
    • Various forms that may be needed in elder law

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2160 - Proceedings Under Administrative Agencies

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010 

    This course presents procedures for preparing cases for hearings before an administrative agency including researching appropriate regulations, preparing complaints and other phases of pleading, applying for execution of an order by the administrator, preparing claims for preliminary examination, providing data sought by administrative subpoena, taking depositions, and making discovery orders for preliminary examination.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the importance of various federal and state administrative agencies.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Define administrative law.
    2. Identify federal administrative agencies and state administrative agencies.
    3. Differentiate between federal administrative agencies and state administrative agencies.
    4. Explain the origin of administrative law and agencies.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the function federal or state administrative agencies serve in regulating certain professional businesses’ and private citizen’s activities.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Discuss the nature, formation, powers, and operation of state and federal agencies.
    2. Describe the investigative powers that can be exerted by federal or state administrative agencies.
    3. Identify the investigative powers that can be exerted by federal or state administrative agencies.
    4. Identify restrictive legislation to curb administrative agencies’ powers.
    5. Explain restrictive legislation to curb administrative agencies’ powers.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a case before state and federal administrative agencies.

    Objectives:: The student will:

    1. Identify the rules of procedure in preparing cases and practicing before state or federal administrative agencies.
    2. Apply the rules of procedure in practicing before state or federal administrative agencies.
    3. Discuss the remedies available to a private citizen or a professional business within the administrative arena.
    4. Identify the scope of judicial review.
    5. Explain the scope of judicial review.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare documents for hearings before state administrative agencies that have most active litigation in the State of Michigan.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify certain state administrative agencies that have the most active litigation in the State of Michigan.
    2. Distinguish between certain state administrative agencies that have the most active litigation in the State of Michigan.
    3. Discuss those state administrative agencies that have the most active litigation in the State of Michigan.
    4. Apply the rules of procedure in preparing a case and in practicing before those state administrative agencies.
    5. Gather information from private citizens or from professional businesses to assist in preparing the necessary documents for hearings before the state administrative agencies.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Origin of Administrative Law and Agencies
    2. Powers, Junctions, and Jurisdiction of Administrative Agencies
    3. Scope of Juridical Review
    4. Agency’s Investigative Powers
    5. Agencies Adoption of Informal Pretrial Systems and Procedures
    6. Administrative Procedures Act
    7. Open Meetings Act
    8. Freedom of Information Act
    9. Michigan Liquor Control Commission
    10. Michigan Unemployment Agency
    11. Bureau of Worker’s Disability Compensation
    12. Appellate Courts Authority to Review an Agency’s Decision

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2170 - Criminal Law & Procedures

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010 

    This course covers Michigan and Federal criminal law principles and procedures. It examines the role and responsibilities of the Legal Assistant in aiding the attorney representing the criminally accused person in pre‑trial, trial, and appellate proceedings.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to explain the duties and powers of the federal and state judicial branch.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the federal and state court system.
    2. Distinguish between federal and state court systems as it pertains to both civil and criminal law.
    3. Distinguish between civil and criminal law.
    4. Identify the duties and powers of the judicial branch.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to explain the different aspects of criminal law and criminal procedure.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Define criminal law and criminal procedure.
    2. Distinguish between criminal law and criminal procedure.
    3. Distinguish between the different types of crimes and defenses.
    4. Identify the different types of crimes and defenses.
    5. Identify the constitutional aspects of criminal procedure.
    6. Explain the constitutional aspects of criminal procedure.
    7. Identify the constitutional defenses.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to explain the criminal justice system.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the criminal justice system.
    2. Identify the major elements of a criminal offense.
    3. Explain the major elements of a criminal offense.
    4. Define criminal law and criminal procedure.
    5. Explain criminal procedures.
    6. Identify the duties of defense counsel and the paralegals that assist them.
    7. Explain the duties of defense counsel and the paralegals that assist them.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to prepare documents for either a trial or for the juvenile justice system.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Gather information or evidence concerning a client’s factual situation in a criminal matter.
    2. Compose the necessary documents needed for trial or for the juvenile justice system that involve a criminal matter.
    3. Identify the necessary documents needed for trial or for the juvenile justice system that involve a criminal matter.
    4. Assist attorneys in preparing a client for trial or for a matter before the juvenile justice system.
    5. Explain the duties of defense counsel and paralegals assisting them in a trial or before the juvenile justice system.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. U.S. Legal System
      1. Federalism
      2. Separation of Powers
      3. Structure of Court System
      4. Duties and Powers of Judicial Branch
      5. Compare Civil and Criminal
    2. Criminal Law
      1. Distinction between Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure
      2. Power of Government to Regulate Behavior
      3. Purpose of Punishing Criminal Law Violators
      4. Mens Rea
      5. Actus Rea
    3. Crimes Against the Person
      1. Studying Crimes
      2. Homicide
      3. Assault and Battery
      4. Mayhem
      5. Sex Crimes
      6. Kidnapping and False Imprisonment
      7. Stalking
      8. Civil Rights and Hate Crimes
    4. Crimes Against Property and Habitation
      1. Arson
      2. Burglary
      3. Theft Crimes
      4. Crimes against Public Morality
      5. Crimes against Public Order
      6. Crimes against Admin. of Government
      7. Crimes against Sovereignty and Security
      8. Crimes against Environment
    5. Parties and Inchoate Offenses
      1. Parties to Crimes
      2. Inchoate Crimes
    6. Factual and Statutory Defenses
      1. Defenses Defined and Aff. Defenses
      2. Insanity
      3. Duress and Necessity
      4. Use of Force
      5. Infancy, Intoxication, Mistake
      6. Entrapment, Alibi and Consent, Statute of Limitations
    7. Constitutional Defenses
      1. Double Jeopardy
      2. Fifth Amendment Defenses
      3. Due Process and Equal Protection
      4. Vagueness and Overbreadth
      5. Ex Post Facto, etc.
      6. 1st Amendment and Religion
      7. 1st Amendment and Speech
      8. Privacy and Other Rights
    8. Criminal Procedure
      1. Common Law, Adversarial and Accusatorial System
      2. Due Process Model
      3. Participants
      4. Liab. of Government and Officials
    9. Const. Aspects of Criminal Procedures
      1. Incorporation
      2. Expansion of Rights
      3. Exclusionary Rule
      4. Fruit of Poisonous Tree
      5. Standing
      6. State Const. and New Federalism
    10. Searches, Seizures and Arrests
      1. 4th Amendment
      2. Probable Cause
      3. Searches and Seizures
      4. Arrests
    11. Interrogation and Other Law Enforcement Practices
      1. Interrogations, Confessions and Admissions
      2. Electronic Surveillance
      3. Pretrial ID Procedures
    12. Pretrial Process
      1. Discovery and Investigation
      2. Arrest
      3. Complaint
      4. Initial Appearance
      5. Pretrial Release and Detention
      6. Preliminary Hearing
      7. Formal Charge
      8. Arraignment
      9. Pretrial Activity
      10. Extradition and Detainers
      11. Removal
    13. Trial
      1. Trial Rights of Defendants
      2. Trial Procedure
    14. Sentencing and Appeal
      1. Sentencing
      2. Post Conviction Remedies

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2210 - Electronic Evidence & Discovery

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: LEGA 2010  and LEGA 2090 

    This course provides a general orientation of the Laws of Evidence as it pertains to the Michigan Legal System. It examines the role and responsibility of the Legal Assistant in the identification and preservation of electronic evidence in pre‑and post‑trial settings.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply various federal and state court rules in pretrial and post trial settings as it pertains to electronic evidence.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the fundamental elements of electronic evidence discovery.
    2. Integrate the fundamental elements of electronic evidence discovery in an electronic trial setting.
    3. Explain the federal and state court rules.
    4. Distinguish between federal and state court rules in pretrial and post trial settings as it pertains to electronic evidence.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze various types/forms of electronic evidence.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify various types/forms of electronic evidence.
    2. Distinguish between various types/forms of electronic evidence.
    3. Differentiate between electronic evidence in its natural format versus conversion to image.
    4. Describe the methods for converting and maintaining evidence from third party sources.
    5. Describe electronic evidence in its natural/metadata format.
    6. Describe electronic evidence in its conversion to image.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the fundamental elements of the role of evidence as it applies to authentication, relevancy, weight, and prejudice.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the fundamental elements of the role of evidence as it applies to authentication, relevancy, weight, and prejudice.
    2. Explain the fundamental elements of the role of evidence as it applies to authentication, relevancy, weight, and prejudice.
    3. Explain the mechanics and challenges associated with the admissibility of evidence.
    4. Demonstrate how the fundamental elements of evidence apply to authentication, relevancy, weight, and prejudice.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to build case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for the gathering of evidence.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for the gathering of evidence.
    2. Apply guidelines for the preservation and authentication of electronic evidence.
    3. Apply guidelines for the incorporation of the usage of electronic evidence.
    4. Compose guidelines for the incorporation of the usage of electronic evidence.
    5. Define case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for the gathering of evidence.
    6. Create guidelines for the preservation and authentication of electronic evidence.
    7. Create guidelines for the incorporation and usage of electronic evidence.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Topic & Session:

    1. Electronic Information in Litigation
      1. Transition to Electronic Information
      2. Unique Characteristics (metadata)
      3. Importance of Understanding Electronic Discovery
      4. Evidentiary Value of Electronic Evidence
      5. Ethnical Obligations
      6. Judicial Role
    2. Creation and Storage of Electronic Information
      1. Creating Electronic Information
      2. Storage and Retrieval of Electronic Information
      3. Storage Media
      4. Storage Devices
      5. Storage Locations
    3. Structure and Type of Electronic Information
      1. Underlying Computer Setup
      2. Organizational Structure and Positions for Handling Information
      3. Technology d. Business Software Applications
      4. Directories, Files and File Formats
      5. Special Issues - Electronic Information
      6. Data Types
      7. Metadata, Hidden or Embedded Information
      8. E Mail
      9. Internet
      10. Database
      11. Spreadsheets
      12. Text Documents (Word Processing)
      13. Faxes
      14. Graphics
      15. Multimedia
      16. Presentation
      17. Video
      18. Conferencing - Text, Audio, Data and Video
      19. Audio Files
    4. Computer Forensics, Experts and Service Bureaus
      1. Computer Forensics
      2. Experts, Consultants and Service Bureaus
      3. Type of Experts, Consultants and Service Bureaus
      4. Services and Scope of Work - Forensic Specialists
      5. Locating and Selecting Experts and Consultants
    5. Collecting, Processing and Searching Electronic Information
      1. Value of Collecting Information in an Electronic Format
      2. Electronic Data Formats
      3. Searching Electronic Information
      4. Collecting and Producing
      5. Security of Electronic Information
      6. Extraction and Conversion
      7. Filtering and Reduplication
      8. Categorizing and Reviewing
      9. Types of Electronic Discovery Software
    6. Discovery and Production Process
      1. Discovery Process
      2. Production Process
    7. Court Procedural Rules and Case Law
      1. Federal Court Procedural Rules
      2. Promote Efficiency and Reasonable Inquiry
      3. Court Management Tools
      4. Production and Protection of Case Information
      5. Depositions
      6. Interrogatories to Party
      7. Request to Product and Inspect
      8. Request for Admissions
      9. Sanctions
      10. Obtaining Data from Third Parties
      11. Special Masters and Court Appointed Experts
      12. Injunctions
      13. Net Trials and Amendments of Judgments
    8. Admissibility of Electronic Evidence
      1. Evidentiary Rules
      2. Federal Rules of Evidence
      3. Preliminary questions
      4. Remainder of or Related Writings or Recorded Statements
      5. Judicial Notice
      6. Relevancy
      7. Testimony and Opinion by Experts and Lay Witnesses
      8. Hearsay
      9. Requirement of Authentication or Identification
      10. Best Evidence Rules
      11. E Mail
      12. Computerized Business Records
      13. Chat Rooms, Newsgroup and List Serves
      14. Web Page Content
      15. Photographs
      16. Specific Computer Devices (GPS, Hard Drive, Fax and Caller ID)

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • LEGA 2220 - Computerized Litigation Support Concepts (CLSC)

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ITCS 1010  and LEGA 2010  

    LEGA 2220 prepares students to use computer applications in legal organizations and in enhancing the success of legal assistants. Topics include various changes/trends in social media and the cloud, legal timekeeping and billing, and software for litigation support, case management, and docket control. The course also familiarizes students with common law office uses of Microsoft Office applications.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the various methods/types of available legal specific software to assist law offices in representing clients.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Explore law office computer technology.
    2. Define law office computer technology.
    3. Review distinctions between computer hardware and computer software.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize the most popular litigation support applications available on the market today for managing case files.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the most popular litigation support applications available on the market.
    2. Implement guidelines for working with case management and docket control programs to manage and control a legal organization’s case loads and tasks to be completed and scheduled.
    3. Distinguish between case management and docket control programs for managing and controlling a legal organization’s caseloads and tasks to be completed and scheduled.
    4. Analyze the importance of timekeeping, billing, and various types of legal fee agreements.
    5. Use the litigation support applications to expedite the timekeeping and billing process.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to build case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the fundamental elements of database design.
    2. Apply the fundamental elements of database design in a legal environment.
    3. Define case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
    4. Distinguish between case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
    5. Organize case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
    6. Analyze case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.

    Outcome 4: Locate legal authorities to answer factual situations via computer assisted research, the Internet, and e mail.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Distinguish between the different ways to conduct research.
    2. Identify the different sources for use in conducting research.
    3. Choose appropriate databases for locating legal authorities.
    4. Gather documents from a citation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Computers in the Law Office
    2. Legal Technology Trends
    3. Computer Hardware and Software
    4. How Computers Can Help the Legal Assistant
    5. Review Computer Hardware and Software Applications in the Law Office
    6. A Computer System: An Overview
    7. The Word Processing Cycle
    8. Word Processing Fundamentals
    9. Spreadsheet Structure and Organization
    10. Spreadsheet Fundamentals
    11. Understanding the Fundamental Elements of Database Design and How to Incorporate Those Elements in a Legal Environment
    12. DBMS in the Legal Environment
    13. DBMS Functions: An Overview
    14. Introduction to Timekeeping and Billing
    15. Legal Timekeeping and Billing Software
    16. Fundamentals of Computerized Timekeeping and Billing
    17. Introduction to Computer Assisted Legal Research and CD ROM
    18. CALR Search Query Techniques
    19. Performing Competent Legal Research
    20. CALR On Line Legal Databases
    21. The Litigation Support Process
    22. Manual Litigation and Support Methods
    23. Types of Computerized Litigation Support Systems
    24. The Electronic Courthouse, Automated Courtroom, and Presentation Graphics
    25. Overview of Some Legal Specific Software
    26. Overview of Presentation Graphics and Trial Presentation Software

    Primary Faculty
    Manatine, Jennifer R.
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Life‑Career Development

  
  • LIFE 1010 - Career Development & Decision Making

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly LIFE 2912)

    This course is designed to help undecided students explore various career options and map their area of interest into an academic program plan of study at Macomb Community College. The course consists of three modules. In the first module, students will explore their interests, skills, and values through personal reflection and guided assessments. The second module is experiential in nature and will involve workplace visits, employer presentations, and informational interviews covering a broad range of occupations. In the final module, students will use the information they gathered through the course to choose an academic program plan.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify potential careers that are aligned with their interests, personality, skills, and values.

    Objectives: The Student will:

    1. Use results from interest assessments to explore interests, personality, skills, and values.
    2. Discuss past work experiences.
    3. Collect information on occupations and employers through online research, workplace visits, in-class presentations, and informational interviews.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will choose an academic program of study at Macomb Community College that aligns with their career goals, interests, personality, skills, and values.

    Objectives: The Student will:

    1. Reflect on personal characteristics and occupational information.
    2. Choose a major that matches personal characteristics and career goals.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will identify an academic plan that reflects their program of study at Macomb Community College.

    Objectives: The Student will:

    1. Align personal characteristics and career goals to a Macomb Community College program of study.
    2. Identify an academic plan of study that includes a sequence of courses in a Macomb Community College program of study.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Introduction
      1. Course introduction
      2. Career and employment resources at Macomb
    2. Career Development
      1. Interests Assessment
      2. Personality Assessment
      3. Skills Exploration
      4. Values Exploration
    3. Interpretation and Reflection
      1. Small group discussion
      2. Reflective assignments for the 3 course modules
      3. One-on-one meetings with instructor/academic counselor
    4. Career Exploration and Networking
      1. Independent career research
      2. Workplace visits and discussions
      3. Employer Presenters
      4. Informational Interview
      5. Social Media Networking
    5. Introduction to Informational Interviews
      1. Networking as a career research tool
      2. Preparation for informational interviews
    6. Academic Planning
      1. College and Major exploration
      2. Identify an academic program plan of study
      3. Meet with a Macomb Community College Counselor or Academic Advisor
    7. Critical Reflection
      1. Reflection Essays
    8. Employment Research
      1. Resources and strategies
      2. Career Experience Internship Opportunities

    Primary Faculty
    Fortuna, Erin
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Land Surveying

  
  • SURV 1100 - Elementary Surveying

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Use of transit and level; reading verniers and angles, linear measurement; extending straight lines, differential and profile leveling; simple traverse survey, computation including right triangle trigonometry for surveying and keeping notes.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will describe the history and importance of surveying.

    Objectives

    1. Describe the history of surveying.
    2. Identify the two types of surveying.
    3. Explain surveying safety procedures.
    4. Identify the specialized types of surveying.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will utilize correct units, significant figures, and field notes in recording & computing surveying data.

    Objectives

    1. Identify surveying units of measurement.
    2. Describe the International and US survey foot.
    3. Use significant figures in calculations.
    4. Perform rounding off of numbers in calculations.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course students will explain theory of errors in observations.

    Objectives

    1. Utilize direct and indirect observations.
    2. Identify errors and mistakes in measurements.
    3. Calculate probability of measured data.
    4. Calculate residuals of measured data.
    5. Interpret standard deviations.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course students will describe differential leveling theory, methods, and equipment.

    Objectives

    1. Explain the different vertical datums used in North America.
    2. Calculate the curvature of the earth and refraction.
    3. Perform methods to determine the difference in elevation.
    4. Utilize the various equipment for differential leveling.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course students will perform leveling field procedures and computations.

    Objectives

    1. Perform leveling techniques.
    2. Calculate the precision of a leveling data.
    3. Perform adjustments to leveling data.
    4. Identify mistakes and errors in leveling.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course students will perform distance measurement.

    Objectives

    1. Identify the methods for measuring distances.
    2. Perform measurements using a steel tape.
    3. Identify corrections for identifying with a steel tape.
    4. Perform measurements with an electronic distance measuring device.
    5. Identify errors of the electronic measuring device.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course students will calculate angles, azimuths, and bearings.

    Objectives

    1. Identify the units of angle measurement.
    2. Identify the different types of horizontal angles.
    3. Calculate the direction of a line.
    4. Identify the difference between azimuths and bearings.
    5. Compute azimuths and bearings.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course students will perform angle operations.

    Objectives

    1. Identify the functions performed by a Total Station.
    2. Explain the parts of a Total Station.
    3. Correctly handle and setup a Total Station.
    4. Perform angle observation measurements.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course students will describe traversing and computations.

    Objectives

    1. Perform angle and distance observations.
    2. Identify Traverse Station.
    3. Document traverse field notes.
    4. Perform traversing observations.
    5. Identify errors in traversing.
    6. Perform traverse computations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Math evaluation, information sheet, course preview, prelim. History.
    2. Fractions, conversions, significant figures, algebra, right angle, trigonometry, field notes, lab.
    3. Vertical datum’s, curvature and refraction, difference in elevation, equipment.
    4. Differential leveling, precision, three-wire leveling, profile leveling, lab.
    5. Methods of liner measurement, taping, sources of error.
    6. Electronic distance measurement, determining vertical difference, errors, lab.
    7. Review
    8. Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURV 1200 - Route Surveying

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SURV 1100 

    This course introduces the student to the basic principles of route surveying, preliminary and final location procedures, profiles, grades, cross sections, slope stakes, areas, volumes, parabolic and circular curves, and spiral transitionals.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will define the horizontal curve.

    Objectives

    1. Identify degree of a circular curve.
    2. Define the circular curve formulas.
    3. Perform note taking for a circular curve.
    4. Compute deflection angles and chords.
    5. Perform circular curve layout.
    6. Identify compound and reverse curves.
    7. Identify the spiral curve.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will define the Vertical Curve.

    Objectives

    1. Calculate the general equations of a parabolic curve.
    2. Identify the high and low points of a vertical curve.
    3. Compute vertical curve using the tangent offset method.
    4. Perform staking of a vertical curve.
    5. Identify the sources of error in laying out a vertical curve.
    6. Quote the characteristics of the vertical curve.
    7. Compute elevations on a vertical curve if the two grades and the rate of change in grade are known.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course students will define Construction Surveys.

    Objectives

    1. Identify special equipment for construction surveys.
    2. Perform staking for a pipeline, building, highway and sewer.
    3. Determine what data should be shown on a slope stake if the ground rod reading, distance from centerline, and grade rod reading are known.
    4. Tabulate information necessary to lay out a circular curve if the intersection angle and degree of curve are known.
    5. Draw a mass curve and compute overhaul‐yard‐stations if the centerline profile, proposed grade profile, accumulative yardage, and free haul distance are given.
    6. Prepare field information for staking out a compound or reverse circular curve if the design information is given.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction ‐ Overview of course
    2. Vertical curves ‐ Definitions, basic formulas
    3. Vertical curves ‐ Calc. elev’s along curve, high pts. low pts.
    4. Test on vert. curves, start volumes, slope stake definitions
    5. Define mass curve graph, haul distances, cut & fill calc’s
    6. Test on volumes etc., start circular curves ‐ definitions
    7. Circular curves ‐ Formulas, use of tables in book
    8. MID‐SEMESTER EVALUATION
    9. Circular curves ‐ Deflection angles, calc’s of chords
    10. Circular curves ‐ Tangent offsets, reverse curves, compound curves
    11. Circular Curves ‐ Multiple lot frontages, road‐stationing offsets
    12. Test on circular curves ‐ Begin spiral curves ‐ definitions
    13. Spiral curves ‐ formulas, calc’s, practical uses
    14. Photogrammetry ‐ Uses in selection of routes, control surveys
    15. Control surveys ‐ level circuits ‐ applications in route survey
    16. FINAL EVALUATION

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURV 2220 - Civil & Survey Drafting

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SURV 1100  and DRCG 1140 

    (formerly SURV 2200 and DRCG 2200)

    This course introduces the student to the basic principles of civil and survey drafting. Maps, types of surveys, techniques, contours, descriptions, subdivisions, profiles, highway layout, and earthwork will be discussed, drawn, and reproduced. Using field or supplied data, the student will use the latest computer software to generate the appropriate drawings. Microcomputer configuration, scale relationship, symbols, data entry, use of blocks, file maintenance, and plotting will be covered.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will determine the subject for civil drafting

    Objectives

    1. Describe different maps.
    2. Define specific map symbols
    3. Identify legal descriptions
    4. Understand office standards

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will Perform civil drafting

    Objectives

    1. Identify civil and surveying mapping terms.
    2. Identify symbols legal requirement.
    3. Identify specialized drafting standards used in the industry.
    4. Create symbols, blocks, legends and notes for insertion in a drawing.
    5. Import field data
    6. Export data
    7. Create from points
    8. Create drawings from files
    9. Create sketches form recorded deeds
    10. Identify control points
    11. Add dimensions to drawings
    12. Add scales to drawings

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course students will perform importing and exporting of different file types.

    Objectives

    1. Understanding PDF files
    2. Understanding ZIP files
    3. Understanding DWG files
    4. Understanding ASCII files
    5. Understanding TEXT files
    6. Manage files
    7. Exchange files

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Discuss and demonstrate microcomputer configuration.
      1. Drawing size
      2. Scale
      3. Text Style
      4. Dimension style
      5. Layers
      6. Title block and Borderlines
      7. File maintenance
    2. Discuss and practice the creation of blocks and symbols
      1. Mapping symbols
      2. Bar scale
      3. Legends
      4. Notes
      5. Certifications
      6. Descriptions
    3. Discuss and demonstrate production of different drawings
      1. Property line surveys
      2. Subdivision Surveys
      3. Topographic Maps
      4. Special Maps
      5. Architectural/Engineering
    4. Discuss and use documents used for civil and survey drafting
    5. Discuss and demonstrate the importing and exporting of data and points
    6. Discuss information on utilities, zoning, flood plains, setbacks, easements, and rights of way.
    7. Discuss and demonstrate the plotting of drawings.
      1. Paper space
      2. Model space
    8. Discuss and demonstrate the modifying of drawings
      1. Precision of line work
      2. Automatic labeling
      3. Using nodes
      4. Elevation package
      5. Contour package
    9. Discuss and use different file formats
      1. ASCII
      2. Text
      3. ZIP
      4. Dwg
      5. PDF

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURV 2300 - Boundary Surveying

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SURV 1100 

    This course introduces the student to the study of public and land surveys, which includes the breakdown of sections, government lots, meander lines, corners, coordinate calculation areas, missing legs, metes and bounds descriptions, lot and block proportionment, and state plane coordinates.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will demonstrate knowledge of Boundary Surveys

    Objectives

    1. Identify the categories of Land
    2. Identify historical perspective.
    3. Perform property description by metes and bounds, block and lot and coordinates.
    4. Explain subdivision surveys.
    5. Explain partitioning of land.
    6. Explain registration of title.
    7. Identify condominium survey.
    8. Identify geographic and land information systems.
    9. Identify sources of errors in boundary surveys.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will demonstrate knowledge of surveys of the public lands.

    Objectives

    1. Explain the instructions for the surveys of the public lands.
    2. Explain the initial point, principle meridian and baseline.
    3. Identify standard parallels (correction lines) and standard meridians.
    4. Perform the subdivision of a township.
    5. Explain the accuracy of the public lands surveys.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Overview of course - review units of measure
    2. Definitions of terms - historical notes
    3. Law relations to public land surveys
    4. Monuments, evidence, research
    5. Test - start townships
    6. Breakdown of townships and sections
    7. Government lots, meander corners
    8. MID-SEMESTER EVALUATION
    9. Coordinate calculations, matrix
    10. Missing legs - closures - adjustments
    11. Area calculations - metes and bound description
    12. Test - Continue metes and bounds description
    13. Lot and block proportionment.
    14. Triangulation - strength of figure
    15. State plane coordinates
    16. FINAL EVALUATION

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURV 2450 - Introduction to Geospatial Technologies & Topographic Surveying

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SURV 1100  

    (formerly SURV 2400)

    This course introduces the student to the different types of topographic surveys, which includes strip, grid, radial and trigonometric. Stadia transit tape, plane table, cross sections, profiles, contours, research, map reading, flood plains, wetlands and photogrammetry control are discussed. Hands-on experiences teach students industry standard basic knowledge and technology skills in Global Positioning Systems (GPS), Remote Sensing (RS) and other aerospace technologies, and surveying and Geographic Information Systems (GIS).

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate technology use appropriate for each Geospatial Technology field.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a step-by-step tutorial, students will complete a GIS lesson and produce a map layout of their results.
    2. After receiving classroom directions, students will use a GPS unit to find coordinates, elevation, and accuracy of ground features on campus. 
    3. Given aerial and satellite imagery, students will identify various ground objects (buildings, streets, trees, etc.)
    4. Given an aerial photograph, students will use Heads-Up-Digitizing to create an accurate map of a campus.
    5. Given appropriate tools, students will use basic surveying skills to produce an accurate scale map of the classroom or other campus facility.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use geospatial and other technical vocabulary.

    Objectives:

    1. Given end-of-lesson worksheets, students will identify and define geospatial technology terminology in their own words.
    2. Given mid-term and final exam questions, students will correctly answer 80% or more of questions drawn from Geospatial Technology terminology.
    3. Given classroom laboratory assignments, students will correctly use Geospatial Technology terminology to ask and answer questions 100% of the time.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use the Project Management Model (PMM) in Geospatial Technology projects. 

    Objectives:

    1. Given example projects, students will identify the steps used in the Planning, Implementation and Presentation of the project.
    2. As part of a capstone project (Final Exam), students will present a written outline of their project following the Project Management Model.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the background knowledge necessary to use and understand Geospatial Technologies. 

    Objectives:

    1. Given a research assignment, the student will complete a timeline showing important developments in mapping, surveying, and Geospatial Technologies.
    2. Given classroom worksheets, students will correctly use various coordinate systems including geographic (Lat/Lon), UTM and State Plane.
    3. Given GIS software, students will explore map projections, and will identify planar, conic and cylindrical projections.
    4. Using a calculator, students will convert coordinates from Degrees, Minutes, Seconds (DMS) to Decimal Degrees (DD).
    5. Given various map examples, students will identify large and small-scale maps, convert map distance to ground distance, and distinguish between various types of map scales.
    6. Given various maps, students will identify political, topographic, physical, transportation, and thematic maps.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to obtain and use Remote Sensing (RS) data.

    Objectives:

    1. Given access to the internet, students will locate online sources of Remote Sensing data and download data sets for their own use.
    2. Upon completion of the unit, students will identify components used to gather aerial and satellite imagery and limitations imposed by each component.
    3. Given an existing household product, the student will identify numerous possible product improvements through brainstorming in a group setting.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use a hand-held GPS unit to collect Geospatial data.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a GPS unit, students will obtain, record, and download spatial location data of campus features.
    2. Given a GPS unit, students will locate hidden objects by following positional information (Geocaching).

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use Satellite Tool Kit (STK) to model aerospace missions.

    Objectives:

    1. Given classroom instruction and access to software, students will use STK to model the GPS system including satellites, ground stations and signal modeling.
    2. Given classroom instruction and access to software, students will use STK to model an aerial photography mission including platform, camera and flight path information.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use ArcGIS to access, manipulate and display Geospatial Data.

    Objectives:

    1. Given Geospatial data, students will use ArcMap to view, analyze, and present spatial data in the form of a map layout.
    2. Given Geospatial data, students will use ArcCatalog to manage, view, document, and validate a dataset to be used in a geospatial data.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use ArcGIS to view, manipulate, create, and display Geospatial Data.

    Objectives:

    1. Given ArcGIS software and a dataset, students will demonstrate the ability to view, zoom, display, and edit raster and vector data.
    2. Given ArcGIS software and a dataset, students will demonstrate the ability to identify, select, and export data within ArcGIS
    3. Given ArcGIS software and a dataset, students will demonstrate the ability to create new data through export, geocoding, and digitizing.
    4. Given ArcGIS software and a dataset, students will demonstrate the ability to analyze Geospatial Data through the use of proximity, buffer and overlay techniques.

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a Data Inventory of their campus.

    Objectives:

    1. Using GPS, software, and websites available, students will obtain or create all necessary Geospatial Data to complete an inventory of campus features and structures.
    2. Using ArcGIS software, students will create a map layout of their data.
    3. Using the Project Management Model, students will document their project and submit as a formal paper.

    Outcome 11: Upon completion of this course students will create Mapping Surveys.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify availability of maps and related items.
    2. Explain the National mapping program.
    3. Explain accuracy standards for mapping.
    4. Perform manual and computer aided mapping.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction - definitions - types of topographic surveys.
    2. Research - field notes - planning sequence - safety
    3. Strip topo - grid topo - establish base lines - stationing - 90 degree prism
    4. Test - instrument adjustment/care
    5. Plane table - radial topo - transit/tape stadia
    6. Vertical angles - trigometric leveling note keeping
    7. Level - nets/adjustments, corrections for curvature of earth
    8. Bench Marks - maps reading - symbols legends
    9. U.S.G.S. - quad maps - resource material
    10. Utility surveys - mortgage reports - as-builds
    11. Test - start contours
    12. Cross-sections - profiles - contours
    13. Photogrammetry control - flood plain surveys - wet land survey
    14. Tree surveys - total stations - data collections - laser levels
    15. Fundamentals of Geospatial Technology
    16. GPS Technology and using GIS
    17. Aerospace Technology
    18. Introduction to ArcGIS

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Mathematics

  
  • MATH 0050 - Fundamentals of Mathematics

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    MATH 0050 is a refresher course in the concepts and skills of arithmetic and includes integers, fractions, decimals, percent, measurement, and an introduction to algebra.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform basic operations on whole numbers and integers.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Identify, apply and create numeric examples of the properties of addition and multiplication.
    2. Rewrite, simplify and/or perform arithmetic operations on whole numbers and integers.
    3. Evaluate expressions containing exponents.
    4. Use the order of operations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will make the transition from arithmetic to algebra.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Evaluate algebraic expressions given replacement values.
    2. Translate phrases into variable expressions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to manipulate and use fractions, mixed numbers and decimals.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Rewrite, simplify and perform arithmetic operations on fractions and decimals.
    2. Solve problems containing fractions, decimals and mixed numbers.
    3. Write fractions as decimals and decimals as fractions.
    4. Find the square root of a number.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a basic working knowledge of algebraic expressions and equations.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Apply the properties of addition and multiplication to simplify or evaluate basic algebraic expressions.
    2. Solve simple linear equations in one variable.
    3. Write sentences as equations.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a basic working knowledge of ratio, proportion, and measurement.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Write ratios as fractions and use them as a means for measurement.
    2. Convert between the English and Metric Systems.
    3. Know the meaning of proportion, write sentences as proportions, and solve simple proportion problems.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to solve basic percent problems.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Convert between percents, decimals and fractions.
    2. Solve simple percent problems.
    3. Solve applications involving percent (sales tax, commission, percent increase or decrease, discount, interest).

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a basic knowledge of geometry.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Find perimeters, areas, and volumes of simple geometric figures.
    2. Use the Pythagorean theorem to find the missing side of a right triangle.
    3. Find the area of a triangle, circumference and area of a circle, and volume of a sphere.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Whole Numbers
      1. Properties and Facts of Addition and Multiplication
      2. Order of Operations
    2. Algebra
      1. Operations on Integers
      2. Algebraic Expressions
      3. Properties of Exponents
      4. Operations on Polynomials
    3. Fractions
      1. Properties of Fractions
      2. Operations with Fractions; Applications; Area of a Triangle
      3. Operations with Mixed Numerals
      4. Complex Fractions
    4. Equations
      1. Properties of Equality
      2. Linear Equations in One Variable; Applications
      3. Evaluating Formulas
    5. Decimals
      1. Operations with Decimals
      2. Circumference and Area of a Circle; Volume of a Sphere
      3. Square Roots and the Pythagorean Theorem
      4. Simplifying Square Roots
    6. Ratio, Proportion, and Measurement
      1. Ratios and Their Application to Measurement: Part I
      2. Ratios and Their Application to Measurement: Part II
      3. Conversion Between the English and Metric Systems
      4. Proportions and Their Applications
    7. Percent
      1. Percents, Decimals and Fractions: Basic Percent Problems
      2. General Applications of Percent
      3. Sales Tax and Commission
      4. Percent Increase or Decrease; Discount; Interest
    8. Geometry
      1. Perimeter, Area and Volume of Simple Geometric Figures

    Primary Faculty
    Chapman, Lori
    Secondary Faculty
    Boruta, Chad
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 0070 - Beginning Algebra

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 0050  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    This course in beginning algebra covers addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and factoring of polynomials; integral exponents; linear equations and inequalities in one variable; linear equations and systems of linear equations in two variables; and roots and radicals.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve linear equations and linear inequalities.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Solve and check first degree equations in one variable by using field properties of the reals.
    2. Use the properties of equality to solve equations.
    3. Use the properties of inequality to solve first degree inequalities and display solutions on a number line, set-builder notation, and interval notation.
    4. Solve formulas for any variable and evaluate such formulas for different values of the variables.
    5. Convert word problems into equations and solve and check.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to graph linear equations and linear inequalities in two variables.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Locate points in a Cartesian plane and know terminology such as x- and y-coordinates, origin, quadrant.
    2. Graph a line by point-plotting.
    3. Graph a line by finding its intercepts.
    4. Determine the slope of a line.
    5. Write equation into slope-intercept form and graph.
    6. Find equation of a line using point-slope form and slope-intercept form.
    7. Determine whether lines are parallel, perpendicular, or neither.
    8. Find an equation of a parallel or perpendicular line.
    9. Graph linear inequalities.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve systems of equations and inequalities.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Use the graph of a system of equations to determine the nature of the solutions.
    2. Solve systems of 2 equations with 2 unknowns using substitution.
    3. Solve systems of 2 equations with 2 unknowns using elimination.
    4. Solve systems of linear inequalities by graphing in two variables.
    5. Use systems to solve applications.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to simplify expressions involving integer exponents.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Use the basic properties of exponents when the exponents are integers to simplify expressions.
    2. Write real numbers in scientific notation and vice versa.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform operations on polynomials.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Identify and evaluate polynomials.
    2. Add and subtract polynomials.
    3. Multiply polynomials.
    4. Divide a polynomial by a monomial.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to factor polynomials.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Factor out the greatest common factor.
    2. Factor by grouping.
    3. Factor trinomials of the form ax2 + bx + c when a = 1.
    4. Factor trinomials of the form ax2 + bx + c when a not equal to 1.
    5. Factor difference of squares, perfect square trinomials, sum and difference of cubes.
    6. Solve quadratic equations by factoring.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform operations on radicals

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Simplify radicals.
    2. Add, subtract, and multiply radicals.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Equations and Inequalities
      1. Solve linear equations in one variable
      2. Solve literal equations in one variable
      3. Solve and graph linear inequalities in one variable
      4. Solve quadratic equations in one variable by factoring
      5. Solve equations involving rational expressions
      6. Solve applied problems including motion, percent, mixture, and angle problems
    2. Linear Equations in Two Variables
      1. Graph lines
        1. Point-plotting
        2. Intercepts
        3. Slope-intercept form
      2. Slope of a line
      3. Equation of a line
        1. Slope-intercept form
        2. Point-slope form
        3. Standard form
      4. Parallel and perpendicular lines
      5. Graph linear inequalities
    3. Systems of Equations and Inequalities
      1. Solve systems of two equations in two variables by graphing.
      2. Solve systems of two equations in two variables by substitution.
      3. Solve systems of two equations in two variables by elimination.
      4. Solve systems of linear inequalities by graphing in two variables.
      5. Applications
    4. Exponents
      1. Properties of positive integral exponents
      2. Definition and use of the zero exponent
      3. Definition and use of negative integral exponents
      4. Scientific notation
    5. Polynomials
      1. Terminology associated with polynomials
      2. Add and subtract polynomials
      3. Multiply polynomials
      4. Divide polynomials by monomial
    6. Factor Polynomials
      1. Greatest common factor
      2. Grouping
      3. Trinomials
      4. Difference of squares, perfect square trinomials, sum and difference of cubes
    7. Roots and Radicals
      1. Simplify expression s containing square root radicals
      2. Addition, subtraction, and multiplication of expressions involving square roots

    Primary Faculty
    Castel, Caroline
    Secondary Faculty
    Lusha, Elonia
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1000 - Intermediate Algebra

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 0070  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement exam or prerequisite exam

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 1990)

    MATH 1000 is an additional course in algebra and includes systems of linear equations in three variables; expressions and equations containing quadratic, rational, radical, exponential, and logarithmic terms; rational and quadratic inequalities; complex numbers; graphs of lines, parabolas, and circles; and an introduction to functions and functional notation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve systems of linear equations in three variables.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Solve systems of 3 equations with 3 unknowns (with elimination)
    2. Applications.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve rational equations.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Simplify rational expressions.
    2. Add and subtract rational expressions with like and unlike denominators.
    3. Multiply and divide rational expressions.
    4. Simplify complex fractions.
    5. Solve rational equations and check for extraneous solutions.
    6. Solve applications with rational equations.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to evaluate functions.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Determine when a relation is a function.
    2. Evaluate functions.
    3. Find domain and range of a function.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve absolute value equations and inequalities.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Solve absolute value equations.
    2. Solve absolute value inequalities.
    3. Determine when an absolute value or inequality has no solution or infinite solutions.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve radical equations.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Use properties of rational exponents.
    2. Convert rational exponents to radical form and vice versa.
    3. Simplify and perform basic operations on radicals.
    4. Solve equations with rational exponents and radicals.
    5. Perform basic operations on complex numbers.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve quadratic equations.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Solve quadratic equations by factoring, completing the square, square root property, and quadratic formula.
    2. Solve equations in quadratic form.
    3. Solve applications with quadratic equations.
    4. Find the vertex of a parabola and graph.
    5. Solve quadratic and rational inequalities.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to graph circles.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Find the distance between two points using the distance formula.
    2. Identify the center and radius of a circle.
    3. Graph a circle.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve logarithmic and exponential equations.

    Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:

    1. Convert expressions from exponential form to logarithmic form and vice versa.
    2. Evaluate logarithms.
    3. Use properties of logarithms to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
    4. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
    5. Solve applications using exponential and logarithmic equations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review
      1. Systems of equations in two variables
      2. Graph lines using slope-intercept form
      3. Factor polynomials
    2. Systems of Linear Equations in Three Variables
      1. Solve systems of equations in three variables
      2. Applications
    3. Rational Expressions and Equations
      1. Simplify rational expressions
      2. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide
      3. Simplify complex fractions
      4. Rational equations
      5. Applications
    4. Functions
      1. Relations
      2. Vertical Line Test
      3. Evaluate functions
      4. Domain and range
    5. Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities
      1. Equations
      2. Inequalities
    6. Exponents, Radicals and Complex Numbers
      1. Rational exponents
      2. Simplify radicals
      3. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide radicals
      4. Solve equations with radicals
      5. Complex numbers
    7. Quadratic Equations and Functions
      1. Solve quadratic equations by
        1. Factoring
        2. Square Root Property
        3. Completing the square
        4. Quadratic formula
      2. Solve equations in quadratic form
      3. Applications
      4. Solve quadratic and rational inequalities
      5. Graph parabolas
    8. Circles
      1. Use distance formula
      2. Find center and radius of a circle and graph
    9. Exponents and Logarithms
      1. Convert between exponential and logarithmic forms
      2. Evaluate logarithms
      3. Expand and condense logarithmic expressions
      4. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
      5. Applications

    Primary Faculty
    Friday, David
    Secondary Faculty
    Chapman, Lori
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1100 - Everyday Mathematics

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 0070  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 1100 explores applications of mathematics used to solve modern problems. This course is designed for students whose degree does not require any further mathematics courses as it will not serve as a prerequisite for any other math or science course. Topics include graph theory, introduction to statistics, linear regression, probability, voting systems, fair division and apportionment, identification numbers, encryption, patterns, and finance models.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of graph theory principles.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and model Euler circuit and Euler path problems.
    2. Define basic graph terminology.
    3. Use Euler’s Theorem to classify which graphs have Euler circuits and paths.
    4. Eulerize graphs when necessary.
    5. Identify and model Hamiltonian circuit and Hamiltonian path problems.
    6. Recognize complete graphs and state the number of possible Hamiltonian circuits using counting principles.
    7. Use brute force, nearest-neighbor, and sorted-edges algorithms to find minimum-cost solutions to traveling salesmen problems.
    8. Find minimum-cost spanning trees using Kruskal’s algorithm.
    9. Resolve scheduling conflicts using the chromatic number and coloring.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able collect and organize data into a table and construct appropriate charts and plots to display the data.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify sampling methods.
    2. Identify experimental methods.
    3. Create and interpret a histogram.
    4. Create and interpret a stemplot.
    5. Create and interpret a boxplot.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to define, interpret, and calculate measures of central tendency.

    Objectives:

    1. Find and interpret the shape, center, spread, and outliers of a histogram.
    2. Find and interpret the mean and median of a data set.
    3. Find and interpret quartiles.
    4. Find and interpret the standard deviation and variance from a data set
    5. Find and interpret the spread of data of a normal distribution using 68-95-99.7 Rule

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to display and interpret linear relationships between two variables using regression.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a scatterplot.
    2. Make a prediction using a regression line.
    3. Find the equation of the least-squares regression line identifying slope, y-intercept, and correlation with a scientific calculator.
    4. Interpret the correlation between two variables.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to compute basic probabilities and interpret probability models.

    Objectives:

    1. Find and interpret the probability of events that are mutually exclusive.
    2. Find and interpret the probability of events using complements.
    3. Find and interpret the probability of events using counting methods.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of various voting systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Implement the majority rule voting system and identify its advantages in a two-candidate voting system.
    2. Implement Condorcet’s Method and know its paradox.
    3. Implement the plurality, Borda count, sequential pairwise voting, Hare system, and plurality runoff voting systems for three or more candidates.
    4. Manipulate the plurality, Borda count, sequential pairwise voting, Hare system and plurality runoff voting systems.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use methods of division and apportionment to allocate resources fairly.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply the adjusted winner procedure for two parties.
    2. Apply the Knaster inheritance procedure for more than two parties.
    3. Explain the basic apportionment problem.
    4. Implement the Hamilton Method.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to recognize various types of information located in identification numbers

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the check digit on a traveler’s check, Universal Product Code, bank routing number, and International Standard Book Number and determine if the item is fraudulent.
    2. Identify the information contained in a UPC bar code.
    3. Identify personal data in a driver’s license number.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to decipher encrypted messages.

    Objectives:

    1. Use Caesar cipher to decipher a message.
    2. Use Viegnère cipher to decipher a message.
    3. Solve a cryptogram by recognizing frequent letters and words.

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to classify patterns.

    Objectives:

    1. Generate the Fibonacci sequence and identify some of its properties.
    2. Identify relationships between the Fibonacci sequence and the golden ratio.

    Outcome 11: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use finance and population models.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply simple interest formula to finance problems.
    2. Apply compound interest formula to finance problems.
    3. Apply continuous compounding interest formula to finance problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Graph Theory (8 hours)
      1. Euler paths and circuits
      2. Euler’s Theorem
      3. Eulerize graphs
      4. Hamiltonian paths and circuits
      5. Use various algorithms to find minimum-cost solutions
        1. Brute-force
        2. Nearest-neighbor
        3. Sorted-edges
      6. Kruskal’s algorithm
      7. Use chromatic number to resolve scheduling conflicts
    2. Describing and Interpreting Data (8 hours)
      1. Types of sampling methods
      2. Graphs
        1. Histogram
        2. Stemplot
        3. Boxplot
      3. Measures of center
      4. Measures of variance
    3. Linear Regression (4 hours)
      1. Scatterplot
      2. Correlation
      3. Predict using regression line
      4. Least-Squares regression line
    4. Probability (6 hours)
      1. Basic probability
      2. Counting
      3. Addition Rule
      4. Multiplication Rule
    5. Voting Systems (8 hours)
      1. Majority rule
      2. Condorcet’s Method and paradox
      3. Systems for 3 or more candidates
        1. Plurality
        2. Borda count
        3. Sequential pairwise voting
        4. Hare system
        5. Plurality runoff
      4. Manipulation of voting system
    6. Division and Apportionment (6 hours)
      1. Adjusted winner procedure
      2. Knaster inheritance procedure
      3. Apportionment
        1. Basic apportionment problem
        2. Hamilton method
    7. Identification Numbers (4 hours)
      1. Check digits
      2. UPC bar codes
      3. Driver’s license numbers
    8. Encryption (4 hours)
      1. Caesar cipher
      2. Viegnère cipher
      3. Cryptograms
    9. Patterns and Symmetries (2 hours)
      1. Fibonacci sequence
      2. Golden ratio
    10. Finance and Population Models (2 hours)
      1. Simple interest
      2. Compound interest
      3. Continuous compound interest Total 52 hours with 12 hours available for tests.

    Primary Faculty
    Miller, Faith
    Secondary Faculty
    Lusha, Elonia
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1280 - Mathematics for Education 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1000  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    (formerly MATH 1260)

    MATH 1280 is the first course in a two‑course sequence for elementary education students and includes technology; sets; relations; functions; logic; mathematical systems; systems of numeration; natural numbers, integers, and rational and real numbers; prime numbers; greatest common factor; and least common multiple.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of problem-solving strategies and mathematical relationships.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of mathematical relationships.
    2. Use various problem-solving strategies.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of sets.

    Objectives:

    1. Use the vocabulary and symbols of language sets.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of union, intersection, and complements.
    3. Use the Cartesian product.
    4. Use Venn diagrams as a problem-solving tool.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of logic.

    Objectives:

    1. Use truth tables.
    2. Use Euler circles.
    3. Use the converse of a statement.
    4. Use the vocabulary of logic inductive and deductive reasoning.
    5. Use logic, inductive and deductive reasoning to problem solve.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of numerations systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of historic numeration systems.
    2. Use numbers in decimal and non-decimal bases.
    3. Explain the uses of the various types of calculations as problem-solving tools.
    4. Explain the uses of the various types of calculators.
    5. Use scientific calculator as a problem-solving tool.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of number theory

    Objectives:

    1. Use the vocabulary of number theory.
    2. Use number theory as a problem-solving tool.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of extensions of the number system.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate a working knowledge of operations with integers, rational numbers and real numbers
    2. Represent fractions, decimals, and fractional operations pictorially.
    3. Use ratio, percent, and scientific notation.
    4. Use real numbers to problem solve.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Problem Solving
      1. An introduction to problem solving
      2. Problem solving strategies
      3. Practice using problem-solving strategies
    2. An introduction to sets
      1. Vocabulary, set notation, and symbols
      2. Set union, intersection, and complements
      3. The Cartesian product
      4. Venn diagrams
      5. Problems solving using sets
    3. Relations and functions
      1. Is a set of ordered pairs a function?
      2. Various methods of expressing a function
      3. Types of functions
        1. Linear functions
        2. Discrete and continuous functions
        3. Break-even points
        4. Other types of functions
      4. Problem solving using functions
    4. An introduction to logic
      1. Truth tables
      2. Euler circles
      3. The converse of a statement
      4. Deductive and inductive reasoning
      5. Problem solving using logic
    5. Numeration Systems
      1. Numeration systems and place value
        1. Historic numeration systems
        2. Base ten
        3. Bases other than ten
        4. Regrouping
        5. Expanded base ten notation
        6. Pictorial representation of base ten numbers
      2. Addition and subtraction
      3. Multiplication and division
      4. Estimation and rounding
      5. Technology
        1. Various types of calculators
          1. Serial Logic
          2. Scientific calculators
          3. Graphic calculators
        2. Symbolic logic calculators
      6. Problem solving using whole numbers
    6. An Introduction to Number Theory
      1. Tests for divisibility in base ten
      2. Prime and composite numbers
      3. Highest common factor and lowest common multiple
      4. Problem solving using number theory
    7. Extensions of the Number System
      1. Operations with integers, rational numbers, and real numbers
      2. Pictorial representation of fractions and decimals
      3. Pictorial representation of fractional operations
      4. Ratio, percent, and scientific notation
      5. Problem solving using real numbers

    Primary Faculty
    Oaks, Jonathan
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1290 - Mathematics for Education 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1280  with grade C or better, or equivalent college course

    (formerly MATH 1270)

    MATH 1290 is the second of a two‑course sequence for elementary education students and includes non‑metric geometry, metric geometry, coordinate geometry, the metric system, probability, and statistics.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of data analysis and statistics.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe data using tables and charts.
    2. Compute measures of center, variation, and position for a set of data.
    3. Use normal distribution to solve statistical problems.
    4. Use technology to solve statistical problems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of probability.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the sample space for an experiment.
    2. Use sample space to determine the probability of various outcomes.
    3. Apply the rules of probability to solve problems.
    4. Use simulation to solve probability problems.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of geometric concepts and relationships.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the properties of plane and solid geometric figures.
    2. Apply symmetries, rotations, and translations to solve geometric problems.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of measurement.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Use non-standard, customary, and metric measurement systems.
    2. Compute the area and perimeter of plane geometric objects.
    3. Compute the surface area and volume of solid geometric objects.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of congruence and construction.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Use congruent triangles to solve geometric problems.
    2. Use a physical or virtual straight edge and compass to construct various plane geometric figures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Data analysis and statistics
      1. Describing and interpreting data
      2. Charts and graphs
      3. Measures of center
      4. Measures of variation and position
      5. The normal distribution
      6. Statistics and technology
      7. Problem solving using statistics
    2. Probability
      1. Sample spaces and single-stage experiments
      2. Multi-state experiments
      3. The rules of probability
      4. Simulation activities
      5. Problem solving suing probability
    3. Geometric concepts and relationships
      1. Plane figures
      2. Properties of polygons
      3. Space figures
      4. Symmetric figures and tessellations
      5. Problem solving using geometry
    4. Measurement
      1. Systems of measurement
        1. Historic measurements
        2. Non-standard measurements
        3. The metric system
        4. Customary measurements
      2. Area and perimeter
      3. Volume and surface area
      4. Problem solving using measurements
    5. Congruence and construction
      1. Congruence and constructions
      2. Similar figures
      3. Problem solving using congruence

    Primary Faculty
    Oaks, Jonathan
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1340 - Statistics

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1000  with grade C or better; or equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    (formerly MATH 1330)

    MATH 1340 is for students in those fields where statistical investigations are necessary and includes description of sample data, probability, frequency distributions, sampling, confidence intervals, estimation, testing hypothesis, correlation, chi‑square distributions, and nonparametric tests.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to collect and organize data into a table and construct appropriate charts and plots to display the data.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Identify types of data.
    2. Identify levels of measurement.
    3. Identify sampling methods.
    4. Create a frequency distribution.
    5. Create a histogram.
    6. Create a Pareto chart.
    7. Create a stem-and-leaf.
    8. Create a box-plot.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define, interpret, and calculate measures of central tendency, dispersion, and position.

    Objectives: Students will find and interpret:

    1. The mean, median, mode, and midrange from a data set or frequency table.
    2. The standard deviation, variance, and range from a data set or frequency table.
    3. Quartiles, deciles, and percentiles.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compute probabilities by applying the addition rule, multiplication rule, complement rule, and counting rules.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Find and interpret the probability of events that are mutually exclusive.
    2. Find and interpret the probability of events that are not mutually exclusive.
    3. Find and interpret the probability of events that are dependent.
    4. Find and interpret the probability of events that are independent.
    5. Find and interpret the probability of events using complements.
    6. Apply counting methods.
    7. Find and interpret the probability of events using counting methods.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create, use, and interpret probability distributions, binomial probability distributions, normal probability distributions, student t distributions, and Chi-square distributions.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Create, use, and interpret a probability distribution.
    2. Find and interpret the mean and standard deviation for a probability distribution.
    3. Create, use, and interpret a binomial probability distribution.
    4. Find and interpret the mean and standard deviation for a binomial probability distribution.
    5. Create, use, and interpret a normal probability distribution.
    6. Use and interpret the student t distribution.
    7. Use and interpret the Chi-square distribution.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create confidence intervals and test hypotheses about a mean or a proportion from a single sample or from two samples and arrive at a statistical decision and be able to estimate sample size.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Create and interpret a confidence interval about one population mean.
    2. Create and interpret a confidence interval about one population proportion.
    3. Test and interpret a claim about a population mean.
    4. Students will be able to test and interpret a claim about a population proportion.
    5. Test and interpret a claim about two population means.
    6. Determine sample size to estimate a population mean.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain what is meant by correlation and regression, and be able to compute the Pearson correlation coefficient for a sample and draw inferences about the population correlation coefficient.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Compute the Pearson correlation coefficient for a sample.
    2. Test and interpret a claim about linear correlation.
    3. Create and interpret the equation of the regression line.
    4. Find the best predicted y-value for a given x-value.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to test a hypothesis about a multinomial experiment that can be expressed by a contingency or goodness-of-fit table and be able to explain the results.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Use and interpret the goodness-of-fit test from a multinomial experiment.
    2. Use and interpret the test for independence from a contingency table.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct a control chart for individual values, means, variations, or proportions and be able to interpret control chart to determine whether or not a process is out of statistical control.

    Objectives: Students will create and interpret a:

    1. Runs chart.
    2. X chart.
    3. R chart.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use nonparametric tests.

    Objectives: Students will create and interpret the:

    1. Runs test for randomness for n1 <= 20 and n2 <=20.
    2. Sign test for n <=25.
    3. Rank correlation test for n <= 30.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction to Statistics
      1. Types of Data
      2. Types of Sampling Methods
    2. Describing and Interpreting Data
      1. Frequency Tables
      2. Graphs
      3. Measures of Center *
      4. Measures of Variation *
      5. Measures of Position
      6. Exploratory Data Analysis *
    3. Probability
      1. Basic Probability
      2. Addition Rule
      3. Multiplication Rule
      4. Counting
    4. Probability Distributions
      1. Random Variables
      2. Binomial Probability Distribution
      3. Mean and Standard Deviation for a Binomial Distribution
      4. Poisson Distribution
    5. Normal Probability Distributions
      1. Standard Normal Distribution
      2. Nonstandard Normal Distribution
      3. Central Limit Theorem
      4. Normal Distribution as Approximation to Binomial Distribution
    6. Confidence Intervals and Sample Size
      1. Estimating a Population Mean: Large Samples *
      2. Estimating a Population Mean: Small Samples *
      3. Estimation a Population Proportion *
      4. Determining sample size
    7. Hypothesis Testing
      1. Testing a Claim about One Mean: Large Samples *
      2. Testing a Claim about One Mean: Small Samples *
      3. Testing a Claim about One Proportion *
    8. Inferences from Two Samples
      1. Inferences about Two Means: Independent and Large Samples *
      2. Inferences about Two Means: Matched Pairs *
      3. Inferences about Two Proportions *
    9. Correlation and Regression
      1. Correlation *
      2. Regression *
    10. Multinomial Experiments and Contingency Tables
      1. Goodness-Of-Fit
      2. Contingency Tables
    11. Statistical Process Control
      1. Control Charts for Variation
      2. Control Charts for Mean
      3. Control Charts for Attributes
    12. Nonparametric Tests
      1. Sign Test
      2. Rank Correlation
      3. Runs Test for Randomness

    * These topics will now have time available for the use of additional technology, such as Minitab, Excel, and Graphing calculators.


    Primary Faculty
    Donnelly, Christopher
    Secondary Faculty
    Wenson, James
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1360 - Finite Mathematics

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1000  with grade C or better; or equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 1360 is the first of two mathematics courses for students majoring in the areas of business, social science, or life science and includes applications of linear, quadratic, polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions; systems of linear equations and inequalities; algebra of matrices and linear programming; elements of probability theory; and applications of probability.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply knowledge of linear and quadratic functions in the areas of business, life sciences, and social sciences.

    Objectives

    1. Identify functions specified by equations.
    2. Use function notation to represent and evaluate functions at given values.
    3. Identify linear and quadratic equations and apply their use to business applications.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply knowledge of exponential and logarithmic functions in the areas of business, life sciences, and social sciences.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and graph exponential functions.
    2. Identify and graph logarithmic functions.
    3. Apply exponential and logarithmic functions to business, life sciences, economics, and social sciences.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use simple interest, compound interest, and ordinary annuity formulas to find present value or future value of money and find amortization and sinking fund payments.

    Objectives

    1. Apply the simple interest formula in finance problems.
    2. Apply the compound interest formula in finance problems.
    3. Apply the future value formula in problems involving annuities and sinking funds.
    4. Apply the present value formula in problems involving annuities and amortization.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use matrix methods to solve systems of equations and linear programming problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Solve systems of linear equations using matrices.
    2. Apply the algebra of matrices to applications.
    3. Solve linear programming problems in two variables geometrically.
    4. Solve linear programming problems using the Simplex Method.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply the concepts of counting, probability, and probability distributions to find the probability of events in the context of business, life science, and social science.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply basic counting principles to problems of probability.
    2. Describe sample spaces and find probability of events.
    3. Describe random variables and their distributions.
    4. Solve probability problems using Empirical probabilities.
    5. Solve applied problems in conditional probability and determine if events are independent.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Elementary Functions
      1. Linear functions
        1. Form of Linear Functions
        2. Graphs of Linear Functions
        3. Applications of Functions
      2. Quadratic Functions
        1. Form of Quadratic Functions
        2. Graphs of Quadratic Functions
        3. Applications of Quadratic Functions
      3. Polynomial and Rational Functions
        1. Graphs of Polynomial and Rational Functions
        2. Applications of Polynomial and Rational Functions
      4. Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
        1. Properties of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
        2. Applications of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
    2. Mathematics of Finance
      1. Simple Interest
      2. Compound Interest
      3. Future Value of Ordinary Annuities and Sinking Funds
      4. Present Value of Ordinary Annuities and Amortization
    3. Matrices
      1. Using Matrices to Solve Systems of Linear Equations
        1. Augmented Matrices
        2. Gauss-Jordan Elimination
      2. Matrix Equations
      3. Linear Programming and the Simplex Method
    4. Probability
      1. Basic Counting Principles
      2. Permutations and Combinations
      3. Probability Experiments
      4. Random Variable and Probability Distributions

    Primary Faculty
    Chapman, Lori
    Secondary Faculty
    Friday, David
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1370 - Calculus for Business & Social Sciences

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1360  or MATH 1415  or MATH 1465  with grade C or better; or equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 1370 is the second of two mathematic courses for students majoring in the areas of business, social science, or life science and includes differentiation techniques, optimization, applications of differentiation, the definite integral, finding areas using integration, and applications of integration.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of derivatives of functions.

    Objectives

    1. Students will use the power, addition, and subtraction rules to differentiate appropriate functions.
    2. Students will use the product and quotient rules to differentiate appropriate functions.
    3. Students will use the chain rule to differentiate appropriate functions.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of integration of functions.

    Objectives:

    1. Students will use the basic integration rules to integrate appropriate functions.
    2. Students will use the substitution technique to integrate appropriate functions.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate their ability to apply calculus to solve problems.

    Objectives

    1. Students will find instantaneous rates of change.
    2. Students will solve minimum and maximum problems.
    3. Students will find areas of regions bounded by functions and vertical lines.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Functions
      1. Domain and Range of Functions
      2. Graphs of Functions
      3. Slope of Linear Functions
    2. Differentiation
      1. Limits and Continuity of Functions
        1. Calculating Limits Numerically
        2. Calculating Limits Graphically
        3. Calculating Limits Analytically
      2. Rates of Change
        1. Average Rate of Change
        2. Instantaneous Rate of Change
      3. Derivatives of Functions
        1. Definition of Derivative
        2. Differentiation Theorems
        3. Application of Derivatives
      4. Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
    3. Integration of Functions
      1. Indefinite Integration
      2. Definite Integration
      3. Area Using Integration
      4. Methods of Integration
      5. Applications of Integration

    Primary Faculty
    Oaks, Jonathan
    Secondary Faculty
    Zorkot, Mohamed
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1415 - Precalculus I: College Algebra

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1000  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    (formerly MATH 1410)

    No credit after MATH 1410, MATH 1420, MATH 1450, MATH 1460, or MATH 1465. MATH 1415 is the first of two courses whose combined content with MATH 1435 parallels that of MATH 1465. Topics include functions and their graphs, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, and conics.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of fundamental concepts of functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Determine domain, range, intercepts, and graph a function by plotting points.
    2. Determine if a relation is a function.
    3. Demonstrate a working knowledge of function notation and terminology.
    4. Perform operations on functions including the difference quotient.
    5. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the features of the graph of a function.
    6. Graph functions using transformations. The functions used should include: x2, x3, |x|, 1/x, 1/x2, square root of x, cube root of x. Use asymptotes to help graph f(x) = 1/x, g(x) = 1/x2, and their transformations.
    7. Graph piecewise-defined functions.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of polynomial and rational functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize polynomial and rational functions and determine domain and range of these functions.
    2. Graph quadratic functions using its vertex, intercepts, and axis of symmetry.
    3. Graph power functions using transformations.
    4. Graph and analyze higher order polynomial functions (use end behavior, zeros, and sign tests).
    5. Find all zeros using Rational Roots Theorem and division of polynomials.
    6. Use quadratic and polynomial functions in various applications.
    7. Graph rational functions using asymptotes, zeros, and sign tests.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of exponential and logarithmic functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of an exponential function.
    2. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of a logarithm, including the fact that logarithmic and exponential functions are inverses.
    3. Use the laws of exponents and properties of logarithms to simplify or evaluate expressions.
    4. Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using transformations.
    5. Determine domain and range of exponential and logarithmic functions.
    6. Use the numbers 10 and e as bases for exponential and logarithmic functions.
    7. Use properties of logarithms to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
    8. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
    9. Solve applications such as exponential growth/decay and other applications in physical science.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the equations and graphs of conic sections.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Find the center and radius of a circle from its equation and graph.
    2. Find the vertex, focus, and directrix of a parabola from its equation and graph.
    3. Identify key features of the ellipse and hyperbola including the center, foci, vertices, and asymptotes from their equations and graph.
    4. Convert equations of conic sections from general form to standard form.
    5. Identify a conic section from its equation.
    6. Find an equation of a conic section from its graph.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review of Fundamentals of Algebra
      1. Linear and nonlinear equations and inequalities
      2. Absolute value equations and inequalities
      3. Radical equations
      4. Equations and graphs of lines
    2. Functions
      1. Evaluate a function
      2. Sum, difference, product, quotient, and composition of two functions
      3. Difference quotient
      4. The graph of a function
        1. Vertical Line Test
        2. Domain, range, and intercepts
        3. Symmetry
        4. Even and odd
        5. Increasing, decreasing, and constant
        6. Local and absolute extrema
      5. Evaluate and graph piecewise-defined functions
      6. Graph functions using transformations
        1. Vertical and horizontal shifting
        2. Reflection
        3. Stretching and compressing
    3. Polynomial and Rational Functions
      1. Quadratic functions
        1. Graph using vertex, axis of symmetry, and intercepts
        2. Maximum and minimum value
        3. Quadratic models and optimization
      2. Graph power functions using transformations
      3. Zeros of a polynomial function
        1. Remainder, factor, and rational root theorems
        2. Division of polynomials including synthetic division
        3. Fundamental Theorem of Algebra
        4. Complex zeros and conjugate pairs
      4. Graph higher-degree polynomial functions
        1. End behavior (Leading Term Test)
        2. Zeros and their multiplicity
        3. Sign tests
      5. Graph rational functions
        1. Domain
        2. Vertical and horizontal asymptotes (optional: slant asymptotes)
        3. Graph y = 1/x and y = 1/x^2 using transformations, intercepts, and asymptotes
        4. Graph other rational functions using intercepts, symmetry, asymptotes, and sign tests
    4. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
      1. One-to-one and inverse functions
      2. Evaluate exponential functions including base 10 and e
      3. Evaluate logarithmic expressions including base 10 and e
      4. Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using domain, intercepts, asymptotes, and transformations
      5. Properties of logarithms including product, quotient, and power rules
      6. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
      7. Financial and exponential growth and decay models
    5. Conic Sections
      1. Graph from standard form of the equation with center/vertex at (h,k)
        1. Circle - use center and radius
        2. Parabola - use vertex, focus, and directrix
        3. Ellipse - use center, vertices, and foci
        4. Hyperbola - use center, vertices, foci, and asymptotes
      2. Find an equation from the graph
      3. Write the standard form of the equation from the general form by completing the square

    Primary Faculty
    Miller, Faith
    Secondary Faculty
    Donnelly, Christopher
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1435 - Precalculus II: College Trigonometry

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1415  with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    (formerly MATH 1430)

    No credit after MATH 1430, MATH 1450, MATH 1460, or MATH 1465. MATH 1435 is the second of two courses whose combined content with MATH 1415 parallels that of MATH 1465. Topics include algebraic and geometric review of the essentials for trigonometry, triangle trigonometry, analytic trigonometry, trigonometric identities, trigonometric functions, inverse trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, polar graphs, and vectors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of angles and their measure.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Draw angles in degrees and radians.
    2. Convert angles between radians and degrees.
    3. Find the arc length of a circle.
    4. Find the area of a sector of a circle.
    5. Find coterminal and reference angles.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use and apply the trigonometry of right triangles.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use the sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant, and cosecant ratios to find exact values of trigonometric functions of acute angles.
    2. Use the Reciprocal, Quotient, and Pythagorean Identities along with Complementary Angle Theorem to find exact trigonometric values of acute angles.
    3. Solve right triangles and right triangle applications.
    4. Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 30°-60°-90°.
    5. Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 45°-45°-90°.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate and graph trigonometric functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of any angle using a point on the terminal side of the angle.
    2. Determine the signs of the trigonometric functions of an angle in a given quadrant.
    3. Use the reference angle to find the exact value of a trigonometric function.
    4. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of an angle using its corresponding point on the Unit Circle.
    5. Know the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions.
    6. Use coterminal angles, periodic properties, and even/odd properties to find exact values of the trigonometric functions.
    7. Graph the six trigonometric functions f in the form y=Af(Bx-C)+D.
    8. Find an equation of a trigonometric function from its graph.
    9. Use the Law of Sines and Law of Cosines to solve non-right triangles and applications.
    10. Find the area of a triangle.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of analytic trigonometry.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Know the domain and range of the six inverse trigonometric functions.
    2. Find the exact values of inverse trigonometric functions.
    3. Find the exact values of composite trigonometric functions involving inverses.
    4. Solve trigonometric equations.
    5. Establish trigonometric identities using fundamental identities and conjugates.
    6. Use the sum, difference, double-angle, and half-angle formulas to find exact values and establish identities.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use the polar coordinate system.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Plot points using the polar coordinate system.
    2. Convert between polar coordinates and rectangular coordinates.
    3. Transform equations between polar and rectangular forms.
    4. Graph polar equations by plotting points.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use vectors.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Graph vectors.
    2. Find a position vector.
    3. Add and subtract vectors geometrically and algebraically.
    4. Find a scalar multiple of a vector.
    5. Find the magnitude of a vector.
    6. Find a unit vector.
    7. Find the dot product of two vectors.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Trigonometric Functions
      1. Angles and their measure
        1. Draw angles in degrees and radians
        2. Convert from degrees to radians
        3. Convert from radians to degrees
        4. Find length of an arc of a circle
        5. Find area of a sector of a circle
        6. Coterminal and reference angles
      2. The Unit Circle
        1. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions using a point on the unit circle
        2. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of quadrantal angles
      3. Properties of the trigonometric functions
        1. Find the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions
        2. Find the period of the six trigonometric functions
        3. Find the signs of the six trigonometric functions in a given quadrant
      4. Use transformations to graph y = Asin(Bx-C)+D, y = Acos(Bx-C)+D, y = Atan(Bx-C)+D, y = Acsc(Bx-C)+D, y = Asec(Bx-C)+D, and y= Acot(Bx-C)+D
    2. Analytic Trigonometry
      1. Inverse trigonometric functions
        1. Find the domain and range of the 6 inverse trigonometric functions
        2. Find the exact value of all 6 inverse trigonometric functions
        3. Composite functions involving inverses
        4. Write a trigonometric expression as an algebraic expression in u
      2. Establish trigonometric identities
        1. Use fundamental identities
        2. Use a common denominator, factoring, conjugate, or any other algebraic technique
      3. Sum and difference formulas
        1. Find exact values
        2. Establish identities
        3. Find exact values involving inverse trigonometric functions
      4. Double and half-angle formulas
        1. Find exact values
        2. Establish identities
      5. Solving trigonometric equations
        1. Solve equations involving a single trigonometric function
        2. Solve equations involving multiple trigonometric functions
          1. Solve trigonometric equations in quadratic form
          2. Solve trigonometric equations using identities
    3. Applications of Trigonometric Functions
      1. Right triangle trigonometric applications
        1. Find the value of trigonometric functions of acute angles
        2. Use the Complementary Angle Theorem
        3. Solve right triangles
        4. Solve applied problems including angles of elevation and depression
      2. Law of Sines
        1. Solve SAA or ASA Triangles
        2. Solve SSA Triangles
        3. Solve Applied Problems
      3. Law of Cosines
        1. Solve SAS Triangles
        2. Solve SSS Triangles
        3. Solve Applied Problems
      4. Area of a triangle
        1. Find the Area of SAS Triangles
        2. Find the Area of SSS Triangles using Heron’s Formula
    4. Polar Coordinates
      1. Polar coordinates
        1. Plot points using polar coordinates
        2. Convert from polar coordinates to rectangular coordinates
        3. Convert from rectangular coordinates to polar coordinates
      2. Graph polar equations by plotting points
    5. Vectors
      1. Graph Vectors
      2. Find a Position Vector
      3. Add and Subtract Vectors
      4. Find a Scalar Product of a Vector
      5. Find the Magnitude of a Vector
      6. Find a Unit Vector in the direction of the given vector
      7. Find the dot product of two vectors

    Primary Faculty
    Miller, Faith
    Secondary Faculty
    Castel, Caroline
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1465 - Accelerated Precalculus

    Credit Hours: 5.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1000  with grade B or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    (formerly MATH 1460)

    MATH 1465 combines the content of MATH 1415 and MATH 1435 into one course. Topics include functions and their graphs, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, conic sections, trigonometric functions, inverse trigonometric functions, analytic trigonometry, polar coordinates, polar graphs, and vectors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of fundamental concepts of functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Determine domain, range, intercepts, and graph a function by plotting points.
    2. Determine if a relation is a function.
    3. Demonstrate a working knowledge of function notation and terminology.
    4. Perform operations on functions including the difference quotient.
    5. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the features of the graph of a function.
    6. Graph functions using transformations. The functions used should include: x2, x3, |x|, 1/x, 1/x2, square root of x, cube root of x. Use asymptotes to help graph f(x) = 1/x, g(x) = 1/x2, and their transformations.
    7. Graph piecewise-defined functions.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of polynomial and rational functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize polynomial and rational functions and determine domain and range of these functions.
    2. Graph quadratic functions using its vertex, intercepts, and axis of symmetry.
    3. Graph power functions using transformations.
    4. Graph and analyze higher order polynomial functions (use end behavior, zeros, and sign tests).
    5. Find all zeros using Rational Roots Theorem and division of polynomials.
    6. Use quadratic and polynomial functions in various applications.
    7. Graph rational functions using asymptotes, zeros, and sign tests.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of exponential and logarithmic functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of an exponential function.
    2. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of a logarithm, including the fact that logarithmic and exponential functions are inverses.
    3. Use the laws of exponents and properties of logarithms to simplify or evaluate expressions.
    4. Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using transformations.
    5. Determine domain and range of exponential and logarithmic functions.
    6. Use the numbers 10 and e as bases for exponential and logarithmic functions.
    7. Use properties of logarithms to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
    8. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
    9. Solve applications such as exponential growth/decay and other applications in physical science.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the equations and graphs of conic sections.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Find the center and radius of a circle from its equation and graph.
    2. Find the vertex, focus, and directrix of a parabola from its equation and graph.
    3. Identify key features of the ellipse and hyperbola including the center, foci, vertices, and asymptotes from their equations and graph.
    4. Convert equations of conic sections from general form to standard form.
    5. Identify a conic section from its equation.
    6. Find an equation of a conic section from its graph.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of angles and their measure.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Draw angles in degrees and radians.
    2. Convert angles between radians and degrees.
    3. Find the arc length of a circle.
    4. Find the area of a sector of a circle.
    5. Find coterminal and reference angles.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use and apply the trigonometry of right triangles.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use the sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant, and cosecant ratios to find exact values of trigonometric functions of acute angles.
    2. Use the Reciprocal, Quotient, and Pythagorean Identities along with Complementary Angle Theorem to find exact trigonometric values of acute angles.
    3. Solve right triangles and right triangle applications.
    4. Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 30°-60°-90°.
    5. Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 45°-45°-90°.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate and graph trigonometric functions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of any angle using a point on the terminal side of the angle.
    2. Determine the signs of the trigonometric functions of an angle in a given quadrant.
    3. Use the reference angle to find the exact value of a trigonometric function.
    4. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of an angle using its corresponding point on the Unit Circle.
    5. Know the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions.
    6. Use coterminal angles, periodic properties, and even/odd properties to find exact values of the trigonometric functions.
    7. Graph the six trigonometric functions f in the form y=Af(Bx-C)+D.
    8. Find an equation of a trigonometric function from its graph.
    9. Use the Law of Sines and Law of Cosines to solve non-right triangles and applications.
    10. Find the area of a triangle.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of analytic trigonometry.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Know the domain and range of the six inverse trigonometric functions.
    2. Find the exact values of inverse trigonometric functions.
    3. Find the exact values of composite trigonometric functions involving inverses.
    4. Solve trigonometric equations.
    5. Establish trigonometric identities using fundamental identities and conjugates.
    6. Use the sum, difference, double-angle, and half-angle formulas to find exact values and establish identities.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use the polar coordinate system.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Plot points using the polar coordinate system.
    2. Convert between polar coordinates and rectangular coordinates.
    3. Transform equations between polar and rectangular forms.
    4. Graph polar equations by plotting points.

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use vectors.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Graph vectors.
    2. Find a position vector.
    3. Add and subtract vectors geometrically and algebraically.
    4. Find a scalar multiple of a vector.
    5. Find the magnitude of a vector.
    6. Find a unit vector.
    7. Find the dot product of two vectors.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Functions
      1. Evaluate a function
      2. Sum, difference, product, quotient, and composition of two functions
      3. Difference quotient
      4. The graph of a function
        1. Vertical Line Test
        2. Domain, range, and intercepts
        3. Symmetry
        4. Even and odd
        5. Increasing, decreasing, and constant
        6. Local and absolute extrema
      5. Evaluate and graph piecewise-defined functions
      6. Graph functions using transformations
        1. Vertical and horizontal shifting
        2. Reflection
        3. Stretching and compressing
    2. Polynomial and Rational Functions
      1. Quadratic functions
        1. Graph using vertex, axis of symmetry, and intercepts
        2. Maximum and minimum value
        3. Quadratic models and optimization
      2. Graph power functions using transformations
      3. Zeros of a polynomial function
        1. Remainder, factor, and rational root theorems
        2. Division of polynomials including synthetic division
        3. Fundamental Theorem of Algebra
        4. Complex zeros and conjugate pairs
      4. Graph higher-degree polynomial functions
        1. End behavior (Leading Term Test)
        2. Zeros and their multiplicity
        3. Sign tests
      5. Graph rational functions
        1. Domain
        2. Vertical and horizontal asymptotes (optional: slant asymptotes)
        3. Graph y = 1/x and y = 1/x^2 using transformations, intercepts, and asymptotes
        4. Graph other rational functions using intercepts, symmetry, asymptotes, and sign tests
    3. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
      1. One-to-one and inverse functions
      2. Evaluate exponential functions including base 10 and e
      3. Evaluate logarithmic expressions including base 10 and e
      4. Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using domain, intercepts, asymptotes, and transformations
      5. Properties of logarithms including product, quotient, and power rules
      6. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
      7. Financial and exponential growth and decay models
    4. Conic Sections
      1. Graph from standard form of the equation with center/vertex at (h,k)
        1. Circle - use center and radius
        2. Parabola - use vertex, focus, and directrix
        3. Ellipse - use center, vertices, and foci
        4. Hyperbola - use center, vertices, foci, and asymptotes
      2. Find an equation from the graph
      3. Write the standard form of the equation from the general form by completing the square
    5. Trigonometric Functions
      1. Angles and their measure
        1. Draw angles in degrees and radians
        2. Convert from degrees to radians
        3. Convert from radians to degrees
        4. Find length of an arc of a circle
        5. Find area of a sector of a circle
        6. Coterminal and reference angles
      2. The Unit Circle
        1. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions using a point on the unit circle
        2. Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of quadrantal angles
      3. Properties of the trigonometric functions
        1. Find the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions
        2. Find the period of the six trigonometric functions
        3. Find the signs of the six trigonometric functions in a given quadrant
      4. Use transformations to graph y = Asin(Bx-C)+D, y = Acos(Bx-C)+D, y = Atan(Bx-C)+D, y = Acsc(Bx-C)+D, y = Asec(Bx-C)+D, and y= Acot(Bx-C)+D
    6. Analytic Trigonometry
      1. Inverse trigonometric functions
        1. Find the domain and range of the 6 inverse trigonometric functions
        2. Find the exact value of all 6 inverse trigonometric functions
        3. Composite functions involving inverses
        4. Write a trigonometric expression as an algebraic expression in u
      2. Establish trigonometric identities
        1. Use fundamental identities
        2. Use a common denominator, factoring, conjugate, or any other algebraic technique
      3. Sum and difference formulas
        1. Find exact values
        2. Establish identities
        3. Find exact values involving inverse trigonometric functions
      4. Double and half-angle formulas
        1. Find exact values
        2. Establish identities
      5. Solving trigonometric equations
        1. Solve equations involving a single trigonometric function
        2. Solve equations involving multiple trigonometric functions
          1. Solve trigonometric equations in quadratic form
          2. Solve trigonometric equations using identities
    7. Applications of Trigonometric Functions
      1. Right triangle trigonometric applications
        1. Find the value of trigonometric functions of acute angles
        2. Use the Complementary Angle Theorem
        3. Solve right triangles
        4. Solve applied problems including angles of elevation and depression
      2. Law of Sines
        1. Solve SAA or ASA Triangles
        2. Solve SSA Triangles
        3. Solve Applied Problems
      3. Law of Cosines
        1. Solve SAS Triangles
        2. Solve SSS Triangles
        3. Solve Applied Problems
      4. Area of a triangle
        1. Find the Area of SAS Triangles
        2. Find the Area of SSS Triangles using Heron’s Formula
    8. Polar Coordinates
      1. Polar coordinates
        1. Plot points using polar coordinates
        2. Convert from polar coordinates to rectangular coordinates
        3. Convert from rectangular coordinates to polar coordinates
      2. Graph polar equations by plotting points
    9. Vectors
      1. Graph Vectors
      2. Find a Position Vector
      3. Add and Subtract Vectors
      4. Find a Scalar Product of a Vector
      5. Find the Magnitude of a Vector
      6. Find a Unit Vector in the direction of the given vector
      7. Find the dot product of two vectors

    Primary Faculty
    Miller, Faith
    Secondary Faculty
    Friday, David
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1760 - Analytic Geometry & Calculus 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1435  or MATH 1465  with grade C or better; or equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 1760 is part of the sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes limits; continuity; differentiation of algebraic and transcendental functions including trigonometric, inverse trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions; mean‑value theorem; applications of the derivative to curve sketching; optimization; related rates; conics; differentials; anti‑differentiation of algebraic and trigonometric functions; the definite integral; the fundamental theorem of calculus; application of the definite integral to areas; and numerical integration.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate limits numerically, graphically, and analytically.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Examine a data table for a function and make reasonable conjectures about limits.
    2. Examine the graph of a function and make reasonable conjectures about limits.
    3. Recognize indeterminate forms 0/0 and infinity/infinity.
    4. Find limits of appropriate functions using the rules of limits.
    5. Use limits to determine asymptotes of appropriate functions.
    6. Recognize indeterminate forms 0/0 and infinity/infinity, 0*infinity, infinity-infinity, 0^0, 1^infinity, infinity^0 and find limits using L’Hopital’s Rule.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to analyze the continuity of a function graphically and analytically.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Examine a function graphically and make reasonable conjectures about continuity at a point.
    2. Use the definition to determine whether a function is continuous at a point.
    3. Determine the intervals on which a function is continuous.
    4. Classify continuities using limits to justify.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate the derivative of a function numerically and analytically.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Know the definition of a derivative.
    2. Use the definition of a derivative to approximate a derivative numerically.
    3. Use the definition of a derivative to find the derivative of an algebraic function.
    4. Use the rules and formulas to differentiate appropriate functions.
    5. Differentiate exponential and logarithmic functions of any base.
    6. Differentiate trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions.
    7. Find the derivative of an implicitly defined function.
    8. Use logarithmic differentiation to differentiate functions of the form f(x)^g(x).

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate antiderivatives and to use them to solve basic differential equations.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Know the relationship between a derivative and an antiderivative.
    2. Find the antiderivative of basic functions by rules and substitutions.
    3. Solve simple differential equations.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate a definite integral numerically and analytically.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Approximate definite integrals by appropriate numerical methods.
    2. Find the definite integral of appropriate functions by the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.

    Outcome 6: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use derivatives obtain tangent lines and to deduce detailed information about the shape of a function’s graph.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Find the equation of the tangent line to the graph of a function at a given point.
    2. Write the equation of a tangent line to an implicitly defined function.
    3. Determine intervals of increasing and decreasing behavior of appropriate functions.
    4. Determine extrema of appropriate functions.
    5. Determine concavity of appropriate functions.
    6. Sketch the graph of a function using the first and second derivative.

    Outcome 7: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use derivatives to solve appropriate applications.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Use derivatives to solve applications involving extrema.
    2. Use derivatives to solve applications involving related rates of change.

    Outcome 8: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use definite integrals to calculate areas.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Use a definite integral to find the area between the graph of a function and the x-axis.
    2. Use a definite integral to find the area between the graphs of functions.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review
      1. Lines
      2. Functions and graphs
    2. Concepts
      1. Average rate of change
      2. Secant lines
      3. Instantaneous rate of change
      4. Tangent lines
      5. Limits, limits at infinity & infinite limits
      6. The derivative
    3. Differentiation
      1. Constants and the power rule
      2. Product & quotient rules
      3. Trigonometric functions
      4. Logarithmic and exponential functions
      5. Inverse trigonometric functions
      6. Composite functions and the chain rule
      7. Implicit differentiation
    4. The Derivative and Application
      1. Rates of change
      2. Slope of a tangent line
      3. Related rates
      4. The shape of a graph
      5. The Mean Value Theorem
      6. Optimization
      7. Differentials
      8. Indeterminate forms and L’Hopital’s rule
    5. Integration
      1. Indefinite integrals
      2. Integration Rules
      3. Integration by substitution
      4. Differential equations
      5. Riemann sums and the definite integral
      6. The Mean Value and Fundamental Theorems
      7. Numerical Integration
      8. Area between curves

    Primary Faculty
    Halfaf, Matt
    Secondary Faculty
    Williams, Paul
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 1770 - Analytic Geometry & Calculus 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1760  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 1770 is part of the sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes volumes of solids of revolution; improper integrals; sequences and series; Taylor series; Maclaurin series; differentiation and integration of power series; and calculus with parametric and polar curves.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine the volumes of solids of revolution.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Calculate the volumes of solids of revolution using circular discs and washers.
    2. Calculate the volumes of solids of revolution using the cylindrical shells method.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine the arc length and the surface area of solids of revolution.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Determine the arc length by using the arc length formula.
    2. Use formulas to find the surface area of solids at revolution.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate integrals using trigonometric substitution, integration by parts, partial fractions, and by the integral tables.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Evaluate integrals using trigonometric substitution.
    2. Use the trigonometric formulas from memory.
    3. Evaluate integrals using integration by parts and the tabular method.
    4. Evaluate integrals by utilizing partial fractions.
    5. Evaluate the integrals for powers of trigonometric functions.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate improper integrals.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Recognize improper integrals.
    2. Recognize if an improper integral is convergent or divergent.
    3. Evaluate an improper integrals with a discontinuous integrand, as well as one with an unbounded domain.
    4. Use the direct comparison test.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine the convergence or divergence of sequences.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Recognize infinite sequences.
    2. Use the squeeze theorem for convergent or divergent sequences.
    3. Recognize bounded and unbounded sequences.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine convergence or divergence of infinite series.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Recognize infinite series.
    2. Recognize geometric series and determine convergence or divergence.
    3. Utilize the tail test for divergence.
    4. Recognize harmonic series.
    5. Use the integral test and comparison tests for convergence or divergence of infinite series.
    6. Use the p-series to determine convergence or divergence.
    7. Use the alternating series test (Leibniz test) to determine convergence or divergence.
    8. Use the ratio and root tests to determine the absolute convergence of infinite series.
    9. Use the properties of series.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, the student will have a working knowledge of power series.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Recognize if the power series centered at the origin or at another number.
    2. Find the radius and the interval of convergence of a power series.
    3. Differentiate and integrate power series.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to represent functions by using Taylor and Maclaurin series.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Represent functions like sin x, cos x, ex, ln x, and tan-1 x by using Maclaurin and Taylor series.
    2. Find the Taylor polynomial of certain functions of degree < 5.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to solve problems, use algorithms, and comprehension of concepts related to parametric equations and calculus with parametric and polar curves. 

    Objectives: Student will:

    1. Express the equation of a conic in parametric form.
    2. Eliminate the parameter from parametric equations and graph the equation.
    3. Find slope and concavity of a curve described parametrically without eliminating the parameter.
    4. Find the slope of a polar fuction without converting to rectangular coordinates.
    5. Find the area enclosed by and length of a polar curve.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review
      1. Rules for derivatives, constant and the power rule, product and quotient rule, trigonometric functions, logarithmic and exponential base e, composite functions and the chain rule, implicit differentiation
      2. Indefinite integrals, required department formulas, the fundamental theorem of calculus, initial value problems, area between curves
    2. Solids of revolution
      1. Disks, washers, and shell methods
      2. Arc length and surface area
    3. Methods of integration
      1. Basic integration formulas, integration by parts and partial fractions
      2. Algebraic and trigonometric substitutions
      3. Powers of trigonometric functions
    4. Improper integrals
    5. Limits and properties of sequences
    6. Series
      1. Convergence of series
      2. The nth term test for divergence
      3. The integral test
      4. The direct and comparison tests
      5. The Leibniz alternating series test
      6. The ratio and root tests
      7. Absolute and conditional convergence
    7. Power series
      1. Center, radius, and interval of convergence
      2. Taylor and Maclaurin series
      3. Differentiation and integration of power series
      4. The binomial series (optional)
    8. Calculus with Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates
    1. Express the equation of a conic in parametric form
    2. Eliminate the parameter from parametric equation and graph the equation
    3. Find slope and concavity of a curve described parametrically without eliminating the parameter
    4. Areas and lengths in polar coordinates

    Primary Faculty
    Zorkot, Mohamed
    Secondary Faculty
    Halfaf, Matt
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 2000 - Introduction to Linear Algebra

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1760  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    This course covers systems of linear equations; the algebra of matrices; determinants and their applications; the theory of vector spaces, with emphasis on Euclidean n‑space; linear transformations and their matrix representations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; similar matrices; symmetric matrices; the spectral theorem, and applications.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Linear systems of equations and their applications.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Solve linear systems by elimination.
    2. Describe solutions of systems geometrically and algebraically.
    3. Define and reduce matrices to reduced row echelon form.
    4. Use the Gaussian elimination to solve linear systems by forming an augmented matrix.
    5. Use the Gauss-Jordan elimination to solve homogeneous and non homogeneous systems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Matrices and their operations.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Perform the matrix operation.
    2. Work with the properties of matrices.
    3. Calculate the inverse of a matrix by using a formula or by reducing a n x 2n matrix.
    4. Determine the operations on elementary matrices.
    5. Solve linear system Ax = b by using A-1 .

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Determinants and their properties.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Evaluate the determinant of a matrix.
    2. Use determinant to determine whether or not the inverse of a matrix exists.
    3. Use elementary operation to evaluate determinants.
    4. Work with the properties of determinants.
    5. Use Cramer’s rule and determine to solve systems of linear equations of the form Ax = b, |A| not equal to 0.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Vector space.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Test sets for a vector space.
    2. Establish a list of vector properties
    3. Test a subset for a subspace of a vector space.
    4. Test a solution vector of a homogeneous system to be a subspace of Rn
    5. Define a linear combination of vectors v1, v2,…vn.
    6. Test for spaces that are spanned by vectors.
    7. Test for linearly independent and linearly dependent sets.
    8. Determine whether a set is a basis for Rn
    9. Test for bases of a vector space.
    10. Determine the dimension of a vector space and a solution space.
    11. Find bases for a row space, column space and null space.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Inner product spaces.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Define Euclidean inner product R2, on R3 and Rn
    2. Define the length and distance in the inner product space.
    3. Define the norm in Rn
    4. Calculate an angle in the inner product space.
    5. Establish the orthogonality in the inner product space.
    6. Use the Gram-Schmidt process to find orthonormal bases for the inner product space.
    7. Test for linear independent of orthogonal set in the inner space.
    8. Find the coordinates of a vector v relative to orthonormal bases, and express v in terms of orthonormal bases.
    9. Define orthogonal matrices.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Eigenvalues and eigen vectors of a matrix.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a matrix.
    2. Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a powers of a matrix.
    3. Test for diagonalizable matrices.
    4. Define similar matrices.
    5. Discuss the properties of a similar matrix.
    6. Compute powers of a matrix.
    7. Discuss orthogonal diagonalization of a symmetric matrix.
    8. Use the eigenvalues and eigenvectors to express a general conic in standard form; find the angle of rotation and sketch.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Linear Transformations.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Define Linear Transformation T: V –> W
    2. Discuss zero and identity transformations
    3. Determine whether or not a transformation is linear
    4. Find the standard matrix of a linear transformation
    5. Find the Kernel and range of a linear transformation
    6. Determine the rank and nullity of a linear transformation
    7. Find the change of bases
    8. Find nonstandard matrices of a linear transformation
    9. Find matrices of sum, product, composition, and inverse of a linear transformation

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Systems of Linear Equations
      1. Introduction to Systems of Linear Equations
        1. Gaussian Elimination and Gauss-Jordan Elimination
        2. Solving Systems of Homogeneous Linear Equations
        3. Solve Applications
      2. Matrices
        1. Operations with Matrices
        2. Properties of Matrix Operations
        3. The Inverse of a Matrix
        4. Elementary Matrices
        5. Solve Systems by Using Inverse Matrices
      3. Determinants
        1. The Determinant of a Matrix
        2. Evaluation of a Determinant Using Elementary Operations
        3. Properties of Determinants
        4. Solve Systems by Using Cramer’s Rule
        5. Use Determinants to find the Inverse of a Matrix
    2. Vector space
      1. Vectors in Plane End Space
        1. Subspaces of Vector Spaces
        2. Spanning Sets and Linear Independence
        3. Basis and Dimension
        4. Rank of a Matrix and Systems of Linear Equations
        5. Coordinates and Change of Basis
        6. Applications of Vector Spaces
      2. Inner Product Spaces
        1. Length and Dot Product in Rn
        2. Inner Product Spaces
        3. Orthonormal Bases: Gram-Schmidt Process
        4. Applications of Inner Product Spaces
    3. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors
      1. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors
      2. Diagonalization
      3. Symmetric Matrices and Orthogonal Diagonalization
      4. Use Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors to Rotate Axis and Sketch General Conic Sections
    4. Linear Transformations
      1. Introduction to Linear Transformations
      2. The Kernel and Range of a Linear Transformation
      3. Standard and Non-Standard matrices for Linear Transformations
      4. Transition Matrices
      5. Applications of Linear Transformations

    Primary Faculty
    Friday, David
    Secondary Faculty
    Williams, Paul
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 2200 - Discrete Mathematics

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1760  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 2200 is an introduction to logic, circuits, graphs, trees, matrices, algorithms, combinatorics and relations within the context of applications to computer science.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will build the truth table for a complex Boolean expression and draw the corresponding circuit diagram.

    Objectives:

    1. Translate English statements into logical expressions using propositions and connectives.
    2. Translate English statements into symbolic expressions involving predicates and quantifiers.
    3. Translate a symbolic logical expression into English.
    4. Construct truth tables for compound proposition.
    5. Demonstrate two expressions are logically equivalent using truth tables.
    6. Show that two expressions are logically equivalent using laws of logic.
    7. Determine the truth-value of an expression involving quantifiers.
    8. Construct truth tables for Boolean functions.
    9. Construct a logic circuit corresponding to a Boolean function.
    10. Determine the output from a logic circuit.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will perform basic set operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Use set builder notation.
    2. Work with subsets.
    3. Find combinations of sets involving unions, intersections, compliments and Cartesian products.
    4. Show that two sets are equal by: showing that they are subsets of each other, using laws of set operations, using membership tables, and using Venn diagrams.
    5. Determine the cardinality of a set using the principle in inclusion-exclusion.
    6. Determine if a relation is a function.
    7. Determine whether a function is a bijection.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will draw and explain the significance of graphs and trees.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the difference between a simple graph, a multigraph, and a psuedograph.
    2. Construct an adjacency matrix for graph.
    3. Construct a graph from its adjacency matrix.
    4. Use the adjacency matrix to determine the number of paths of a fixed length from one vertex to another.
    5. Determine the degrees of the vertices of a graph.
    6. Determine if a graph is bipartite.
    7. Determine if a graph has an Euler cycle.
    8. Construct an incidence matrix for a graph.
    9. Determine if two graphs are isomorphic and verify the result.
    10. Use a digraph to represent a relation.
    11. Determine if the relation is an equivalence relation.
    12. Determine if a graph is a tree.
    13. Determine if a tree is balanced.
    14. Work with the relationship between the number of vertices, internal vertices, and leaves for a full m-ary tree.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will calculate permutations and combinations.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the cardinality of a set using the multiplication principle.
    2. Count the number of possible outcomes using the sum rule.
    3. Work with the pigeonhole principle.
    4. Count the number of possible outcomes using permutations.
    5. Count the number of possible outcomes using combinations.
    6. Use the binomial theorem to expand a binomial.
    7. Use the above counting techniques to determine the probability of an event.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will identify and analyze recurrence relations.

    Objectives:

    1. Provide a simple formula for geometric and arithmetic sequences.
    2. Compute the first 5 terms of sequence defined recursively.
    3. Prove a result using mathematical induction.
    4. Find the solution of a simple recurrence formula using an iterative approach.
    5. Solve a linear homogeneous recurrence relation with constant coefficients using the characteristic polynomial.
    6. Construct a simple algorithm using psuedocode.
    7. Measure the complexity of a program in psuedocode using big-o and big-theta measurements.
    8. Work with the division algorithm and modular arithmetic.
    9. Convert numbers from one base to another with emphasis on binary, octal, and hexadecimal number systems.
    10. Use the Euclidean algorithm.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Logic
      1. Propositional calculus
        1. Language of propositions
        2. Symbolic representation
        3. Truth tables
        4. Laws of logic
        5. Logical equivalence
      2. Predicate calculus
      3. Symbolic representation
      4. Quantifiers
      5. Language of quantifiers
      6. Symbolic representation
      7. The truth-value of a logical expression using predicates and quantifiers
      8. Nested quantifiers
    2. Boolean Algebra
      1. Boolean arithmetic
      2. Boolean functions
      3. Logic Circuits
    3. Sets
      1. Set operations: unions, intersections, complements, and Cartesian products
      2. Relations and functions
        1. Images
        2. Properties of functions: injection, surjection, and bijection
        3. Inverse functions
    4. Algorithms
      1. Search algorithms
        1. Linear
        2. Binary
      2. Sorting algorithms
        1. Bubble sort
        2. Insert sort
      3. Big-O, Big-Omega, Big-Theta
      4. Complexity of algorithms
    5. Integers
      1. Prime numbers and composite numbers
      2. Division algorithm
      3. Modular arithmetic
      4. Other bases
      5. Euclidian algorithm
      6. Sequences
      7. Summation
        1. Finite geometric series
      8. Mathematical induction
    6. Counting
      1. Product rule
      2. Sum rule
      3. The Pigeonhole Principle
      4. Permutations
      5. Combinations
        1. Binomial coefficients
        2. Binomial theorem
      6. Finite probability
      7. Modeling with recurrence relations
      8. Solving homogeneous recurrence relations with constant coefficients
    7. Graph theory
      1. Types of graphs
      2. Graph terminology
        1. Paths and cycles
        2. Degree of a vertex
      3. Euler Cycles
      4. Matrix representations of graphs
      5. Isomorphic of graphs
      6. Trees
        1. Tree terminology
        2. Properties of trees

    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Paul
    Secondary Faculty
    Halfaf, Matt
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 2760 - Analytic Geometry & Calculus 3

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 1770  with grade C or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam

    MATH 2760 is part of a sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes concepts and procedures from vector algebra, vector calculus, quadric surfaces, calculus of functions of two and three variables, multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals, and calculus with vector fields including the theorems of Stokes and Gauss.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate competency with vectors and vector algebra in the plane and in space, and to apply these tools to various geometric measurements.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Add and subtract vectors and be able to geometrically represent these operations.
    2. Find a scalar multiple of a vector and be able to represent it graphically.
    3. Calculate a dot product of two vectors.
    4. Calculate the work done by a force as it moves an object.
    5. Find the angle between two vectors.
    6. Find the scalar projection and vector projection of one vector onto another.
    7. Use projections to find the distances between: a point and a line, a point and a plane, two lines.
    8. Calculate a cross product of vectors and demonstrate knowledge of its geometric interpretation.
    9. Find the equation of a line in R2 and R3 in vector nonparametric form.
    10. Find the symmetric equations of line in R3.
    11. Find the equation of a plane in vector nonparametric form.
    12. Be able to rewrite a vector equation in Cartesian nonparametric form.
    13. Calculate a box product and demonstrate knowledge of its geometric interpretation.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform calculus on vector valued functions and obtain measurements in geometry and kinematics.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Express the equation of a line in vector parametric form and scalar parametric form.
    2. Differentiate a vector-valued function.
    3. Find the velocity, speed and acceleration vectors of a particle in space given its position function.
    4. Find the length of an arc described parametrically or as a vector-valued function.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to recognize quadric surfaces and their equations, graph quadric surfaces, and obtain traces of quadric surfaces.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Recognize the equation of the following quadric surfaces: ellipsoids, hyperboloids of one sheet, hyperboloids of two sheets, elliptic cones, elliptic paraboloids, and hyperbolic paraboloids.
    2. Graph the following quadric surfaces: ellipsoids, hyperboloids of one sheet, hyperboloids of two sheets, elliptic cones, elliptic paraboloids, and hyperbolic paraboloids.
    3. Find the traces of a quadric surface.
    4. Find the cross section of a quadric surface with a plane perpendicular to one of the coordinate axes.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to find the domain and range, calculate limits, and perform differential calculus on functions of two or three variables, as well as to use differential calculus to analyze the shape of a graph and to solve optimization problems.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Graph a function of 2 variables and identify its domain and range.
    2. Find the limit of a function of several variables.
    3. Find the partial derivatives of a function of several variables and interpret the derivative geometrically.
    4. Find the total differential of a function of several variables and use it in an application
    5. Use the chain rule for function of several variables to find a partial derivative of a function.
    6. Find the directional derivative of a function of two or three variables in any direction.
    7. Find the gradient of a function in two or three variables.
    8. Find the maximum value of the directional derivative and a unit vector in the direction of the maximum directional derivative at a given point for a function of two or three variables.
    9. Find the equation of a line normal to and the line tangent to a level curve at a given point.
    10. Find the equation of a line normal to and the plane tangent to a level surface at a given point.
    11. Find critical points of a function in two or three variables.
    12. Classify relative extrema of functions of two variables using the second derivative test.
    13. Use second derivative test to find the optimum solution of an applied problem.
    14. Use the method of Lagrange multipliers to solve constrained optimization problems.
    15. Use the method of Lagrange multipliers to solve applied constrained optimization problems.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate double and triple integrals in rectangular, polar, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates, and to apply these tools to calculate areas and volumes.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Evaluate an iterated integral.
    2. Reverse the order of integration of an iterated integral.
    3. Convert a double integral to an iterated integral.
    4. Use a double integral to find the area of a region in the plane.
    5. Use a double integral to find the volume of a solid.
    6. Use polar coordinates to evaluate a double integral.
    7. Use a threefold iterated integral to evaluate a triple integral
    8. Use a triple integral to find the volume of a solid.
    9. Use cylindrical coordinates to evaluate a triple integral.
    10. Use spherical coordinates to evaluate a triple integral.
    11. Use a double integral to calculate the area of a surface.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform calculus on vector fields, with topics including divergence, curl, line integrals, and surface integrals, as well as to manipulate integrals using the fundamental theorem, Green’s theorem, the divergence theorem, and Stokes’ theorem.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Evaluate a line integral over a curve described in scalar parametric form.
    2. Use the dot product to evaluate a line integral on a curve given in scalar Cartesian.
    3. Use line integral to calculate the work done by a force moving a particle along a curve.
    4. Use Green’s theorem to evaluate an appropriate line integral.
    5. Evaluate a line integral using the fundamental theorem.
    6. Calculate the divergence and the curl of a vector field.
    7. Find the area of a parametric surface.
    8. Evaluate a surface integral.
    9. Use Stokes’ theorem.
    10. Use the divergence theorem.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Vectors
      1. Vector operations
        1. Addition/subtraction
        2. Scalar multiplication
        3. Dot Product
        4. Cross product
        5. Box product
      2. Analytic Geometry
        1. The angle between two vectors
        2. The projection of one vector onto another
        3. Equations of a line in both parametric and nonparametric forms
        4. Equations of a plane in both parametric and nonparametric forms
        5. Using the projection to find the distance between two objects in the plane or in space.
      3. Vector valued functions and parametric equations
        1. Graphs of parametric equations and vector valued functions
        2. Limits of vector valued functions
        3. Continuity of vector valued functions
        4. Differentiation of vector valued functions
        5. Velocity, speed and acceleration of a particle in space
        6. The length of an arc described parametrically or by a vector valued function
    2. Surfaces in space
      1. Intercepts, traces, and cross sections
      2. Cylinders
      3. Quadric surfaces
      4. Graphs of functions of 2 variables
    3. Functions of several variables
      1. Domains of functions of more than one variable
      2. Limits of functions of more than one variable
      3. Continuity of functions of 2 or 3 variables
      4. Partial derivatives
      5. Total Differential
      6. Chain rule for functions of several variables
      7. Directional derivatives and gradients
        1. Tangent Planes and normal lines
      8. Extrema for functions of 2 variables
      9. Lagrange multipliers
    4. Multiple integration
      1. Iterated integrals
      2. Double integrals
        1. Areas and volumes
      3. Using polar coordinates to evaluate a double integral
      4. Triple integrals
        1. Volumes
      5. E Using spherical and cylindrical coordinates to evaluate a triple integral
      6. Surface area
    5. Vector calculus
      1. Line integrals of conservative and non-conservative vector fields over closed and non-closed curves
      2. The fundamental theorem of line integrals
      3. Green’s Theorem
      4. Divergence and Curl
      5. Parametric surfaces and their areas
      6. Surface integrals
      7. Stokes’ theorem
      8. Divergence theorem

    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Paul
    Secondary Faculty
    Friday, David
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MATH 2770 - Differential Equations

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 2000  and MATH 2760  with grade C or better, or equivalent college courses

    MATH 2770 is part of the sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes first order differential equations and their applications, higher order differential equations and their applications, differential operators, the Laplace Transform, systems of linear differential equations, series solutions of differential equations, and numerical methods for solving differential equations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve separable, exact, first-order linear, and Bernoulli ordinary differential equations (ODE’s) by analytical and numerical methods.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify separable ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve separable ODEs.
    2. Identify exact ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve exact ODEs.
    3. Identify first-order linear ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve first-order linear ODEs.
    4. Identify Bernoulli ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve Bernoulli ODEs.
    5. Identify separable ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve separable ODEs.
    6. Use the improved Euler formula to calculate numerical solutions over intervals to any of the above types of ODEs with initial conditions.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply differential equations to solve mathematical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Solve continuous growth and decay models.
    2. Solve cooling and warming models.
    3. Solve mixture models.
    4. Solve series circuit models.
    5. Solve orthogonal trajectory models.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve homogeneous and non-homogeneous higher order linear equations using the methods of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameters.

    Objectives

    1. Solve homogeneous higher order ODEs using the superposition principle.
    2. Solve homogeneous higher order ODEs using the operator notation and by the annihilator approach.
    3. Solve non-homogeneous higher order ODEs using the method of undetermined coefficients.
    4. Solve non-homogeneous higher order ODEs using the method of variation of parameters.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve initial value problems using the Laplace transform.

    Objectives

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the values of the Laplace transform function.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the values of the inverse Laplace transform function.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing these functions to solve initial value problems.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems by the Laplace transform, by using operators, and by using eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

    Objectives

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing the Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms to solve systems of ODEs with initial conditions.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing operator notation to solve systems of ODEs.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing matrix notation to solve systems of ODEs.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve differential equations by power series and by Frobeneous’s method.

    Objectives:

    1. Find power series solutions about an ordinary point.
    2. Use Frobenius’ method to find series solutions about a regular singular point.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. First Order Ordinary Differential Equations
      1. Separable ODEs
      2. Exact ODEs
      3. Homogeneous-of-Order-n ODEs
      4. Linear ODEs
      5. Bernoulli ODEs
      6. Applications of First Order ODEs
    2. Higher-Ordered ODEs
      1. Reduction of Order
      2. Homogeneous Linear ODEs with Constant Coefficients
      3. Undetermined Coefficients
      4. Variation of Parameters
      5. Cauchy-Euler Equations
      6. Series Solutions at Ordinary Points
      7. Series Solutions at Singular Points
    3. Initial Value Problems
      1. Direct solution of IVPs
      2. Laplace Transform and the Solution of an IVP of a Single ODE
      3. Laplace Transform and the Solution of an IVP of a System of ODEs
    4. Matrix Methods
      1. Homogeneous Linear Systems with Constant Coefficients
      2. Variation of Parameters for Systems of ODEs
    5. Numerical Methods
      1. Eulers Methods
      2. Runge-Kutta 4th Order Method

    Primary Faculty
    Halfaf, Matt
    Secondary Faculty
    Williams, Paul
    Associate Dean
    McMillen, Lisa
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Mechanical Technology

  
  • CORE 1060 - Industrial Computer Technology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is designed to provide students enrolled in technical programs an understanding of how the computer can be used as a tool to address a variety of situations utilizing multiple input sources common to industry. Word processing, spreadsheets with graphing capabilities, and illustration and drawing applications will be used by each student to develop a technical presentation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and apply the use of computers and software to technical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Communicate effectively using computer terminology.
    2. Work in the Desktop environment.
    3. Craft documents using the capabilities found in the word-processing software with integration from and linked to other software applications.
    4. Demonstrate a level of proficiency in spreadsheet applications including charts and graphs.
    5. Demonstrate a level of proficiency using graphic software.
    6. Present a professional multimedia presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Computer Technology
      1. Introduction
      2. Types
      3. Terminology
      4. Characteristics
      5. Function
      6. Importing Data
    2. Word
      1. Document formation
      2. Page layout
      3. Macro usage
    3. Spreadsheets
      1. Expressions/Formulas
      2. Charting
      3. Analysis
      4. Multiple Input Data Devices
    4. Graphics
      1. Canvas
      2. Illustrations
      3. Layout
    5. Presentation Application
      1. Integration
      2. Creating/Outlining
      3. Visuals
      4. Producing Media
      5. Recording Audio

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Media & Communication Arts

  
  • MACA 1010 - Introduction to Photography

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is an introduction to today’s photography. Camera operations, exposure control, composition theory, image processing, digital workflow, editing, and printing using current software applications are covered. Students must have a digital SLR camera or digital mirrorless camera with removable lenses and manual exposure controls.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills to use camera controls to produce high quality images.

    Objectives:

    1. Operate camera controls for correct exposure.
    2. Explain how to change aperture settings.
    3. Explain how to change shutter speed settings.
    4. Demonstrate use of auxiliary light.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop composition skills through pre-visualization.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate use of camera angles.
    2. Explain use of lens perspective.
    3. Demonstrate use of depth of field in compositions.
    4. Demonstrate use of directional lighting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate light-metering techniques, the reciprocal relationship of the lens aperture and shutter speed setting.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper use of in camera meters.
    2. Explain use of incident and reflective meters.
    3. Demonstrate depth of field control using aperture settings.
    4. Demonstrate controlling motion using shutter speed settings.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills using a digital darkroom for image processing and printing.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate use of software applications to enhance images.
    2. Demonstrate different storage options, including removable devices.
    3. Output images to printers, screen and archive files.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1.

    1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list
    2. Lecture: Composing an image

    Week 2.

    1. Lecture: Camera operation, exposure control, and ISO settings
    2. Lab: Shooting Assignment #0
    3. Lecture: The digital darkroom; Tools and file storage
    4. Lab: Downloading image files, resizing and storage

    Week 3.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #1 - Motion Study
    2. Shutter speed settings control how motion is captured
    3. Lab: Shooting Assignment #1
    4. Lecture: Software

    Week 4.

    1. Lab: Assignment #1 digital processing
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #1

    Week 5.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #2 - Depth of Field
    2. Assignment #2 continues

    Week 6.

    1. Assignment #2 - digital processing
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #2

    Week 7.

    1. Lecture: White Balance; Assignment #3
    2. Assignment #3 - digital processing
    3. Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 8.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #4 - Backlighting
    2. Assignment #4 - digital processing

    Week 9.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #5 - Brightness Range
    2. Assignment #5 - digital processing
    3. Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 10.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #6 - Advertising
    2. Assignment #6 - digital processing
    3. Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 11.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #7 - Photojournalism
    2. Assignment #7 - digital processing
    3. Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 12.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #8 - Studio Portait
    2. Assignment #8 - digital processing
    3. Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 13.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #9 - Model Composite and Mini-portfolio
    2. Lab: Assignment #9 - digital processing
    3. Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 14.

    1. Open lab/open studio

    Week 15.

    1. Lecture: Assignment #10 - Landscape and Night Cityscape
    2. Assignment #10 - digital processing
    3. Final Exam Review

    Week 16.

    1. Review for exam
    2. Final exam
    3. Final grades and equipment maintenance

    Primary Faculty
    Soule Jr., William
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1025 - Design 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly MACA 1020)

    Introduction to design concepts. Problems in two-dimensional design using lines and planes in black and white and color.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct designs using elements of design.

    Objectives:

    1. Create lines.
    2. Create shapes.
    3. Create form.
    4. Create space.
    5. Create depth.
    6. Create texture.
    7. Create color.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct designs using the principles of design.

    Objectives:

    1. Create balance.
    2. Create contrast.
    3. Create movement.
    4. Create patterns.
    5. Create rhythm.
    6. Create unity.
    7. Create emphasis.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create using different materials, tools, and equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Use pencils, erasers, markers, tape, inks, adhesives, and other materials.
    2. Use X-acto knife, t-square, ruler, proportion wheel, templates, and other tools.
    3. Use light table, enlarger, projector, mat cutter, and other equipment.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate professional work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Meet deadlines and participate in presentations.
    3. Demonstrate craftsmanship and prepare artwork for presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Explore Curvilinear, Mechanical and Dynamic Line
      1. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
      2. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      3. Use professional problem solving techniques
      4. Demonstrate professional work habits
    2. Explore Organic, Geometric and Hybrid Shapes
      1. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
      2. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      3. Use professional problem solving techniques
      4. Demonstrate professional work habits
    3. Explore Positive and Negative Space
      1. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
      2. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      3. Use professional problem solving techniques
      4. Demonstrate professional work habits
    4. Explore Depth, Dominant And Subdominant Elements
      1. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern, and unity
      2. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      3. Use professional problem solving techniques
      4. Demonstrate professional work habits
    5. Explore Formal, Informal and Organic Texture
      1. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
      2. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      3. Use professional problem solving techniques
      4. Demonstrate professional work habits
    6. Recognize Basic Typographic Principles
      1. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
      2. Experiment with line, shape, texture, color, value
      3. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      4. Use professional problem solving techniques
      5. Demonstrate professional work habits
    7. Explore Color
      1. Experiment with greyscale, monochromatic, analogous and complementary color schemes
      2. Experiment with hues, tints, shades, and tones
      3. Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern, and unity
      4. Use professional materials, tools, equipment
      5. Use professional problem solving techniques
      6. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1040 - Illustration Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    Freehand and conceptual drawing dealing with perspective, composition, layout and rendering techniques used by the technical and commercial artist.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate observational skills for greater drawing accuracy (size relationships, angles, negative spaces).

    Objectives:

    1. Draw circles freehand.
    2. Scale a room in one point perspective.
    3. Design a comprehensive rough.
    4. Scale and grid photo reference.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to stress line, mass, texture, value, color, and composition in relation to drawing.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop thumbnail sketches.
    2. Render a cube and sphere in monochromatic color scheme.
    3. Render textures through transfer method.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the basic principles of 1, 2, and 3 point perspective related to freehand drawing.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw a cube in 1 point perspective.
    2. Draw a cube in 2 point perspective.
    3. Draw an ellipse in one point perspective.
    4. Draw an ellipse in two point perspective.
    5. Scale a room in one point perspective.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify light, shadow, texture, and color as it relates to form.

    Objectives:

    1. Design a comprehensive rough.
    2. Use visual indication techniques.
    3. Render 3-dimensional shapes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Classroom etiquette
      2. Attendance policy
      3. Departmental codes
      4. Materials
    2. One Point Perspective
      1. Cubes
      2. Circles
      3. Cylinders
      4. Grids
      5. Room
      6. City
    3. Two Point Perspective
      1. Cubes
      2. Grids
      3. Room
      4. City
    4. Light and Form
      1. Form and Cast Shadow
      2. Core and Reflective Light
      3. Value Grid
      4. Basic Shapes
      5. Portraits
      6. Animals
      7. Montage
      8. Advertisement
    5. Final Project
      1. TBD individually with student as it relates to illustration fundamentals

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1055 - Digital Layout: Adobe

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    Design and layout problems using the software applications Adobe InDesign and Adobe Acrobat. Students will utilize contemporary design fundamentals to create a variety of single and multi‑page publications in black and white, spot and process color.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to generate work on a computer.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice using networks and servers.
    2. Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
    3. Output to various imaging devices.
    4. Practice using different storage options.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to practice methods to solve problems, approach them systematically, and explore solutions.

    Objectives:

    1. Navigate through a digital document.
    2. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    3. Demonstrate how a page layout program can be used to combine text and graphics.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create digital page layouts.

    Objectives:

    1. Use the tools needed to create and modify text in a digital document.
    2. Place and modify graphic images in a digital document.
    3. Classify typefaces.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and demonstrate professional work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations.
    3. Spell-check, proofread, preflight, package for output for a commercial printer, and prepare projects properly for presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Create and format a digital document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Format text, place graphics, create color swatches, preflight, package for output
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits
    2. Create and format a digital document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Typographic principles, strokes/fill, tabs
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits
    3. Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Alignment, bleed, paragraph/character style sheets
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits
    4. Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Text wrap, link text frames, scaling graphics
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits
    5. Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Mid-term project utilizing all skills learned
    6. Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Layers, format text, gradients, color space, master pages
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits
    7. Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Research, brainstorming, composition using a grid system, multiple page document
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits
    8. Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
      1. Final project utilizing all skills learned
      2. Use professional problem solving techniques
      3. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1070 - Rendering

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    MACA 1070 covers final art rendering techniques in black and white and some color. It familiarizes students with a variety of media and mixed media including markers, prisma pencils, and ink. Problems include analyzing the pattern of reflections, light and shade, and the description of surface development on a variety of materials including chrome, sheetmetal, plastic and glass.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate observational skills for greater rendering accuracy (value relationships, angles, negative spaces).

    Objectives:

    1. Illustrate a value grid.
    2. Reproduce imagery through light and form.
    3. Assess value percentages.
    4. Scale and grid photo reference.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use indication techniques to stress line, mass, texture, value, color, composition in relation to rendering.

    Objectives:

    1. Create highlights.
    2. Create form shadow.
    3. Create cast shadow.
    4. Create core shadow.
    5. Create reflected light.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to render his/her own 3-dimensional products on a 2-dimensional surface.

    Objectives:

    1. Exchange textures.
    2. Utilize basic reference.
    3. Design new products.
    4. Complete solid industrial renderings.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply light, shadow, texture, and color as it relates to form.

    Objectives:

    1. Design a comprehensive rough.
    2. Use visual indication techniques.
    3. Render 3-dimensional shapes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Classroom etiquette
      2. Attendance policy
      3. Departmental codes
      4. Materials
    2. Basic Rendering
      1. Marker blending
      2. Value Grids
      3. Gradations
    3. Texture objects
      1. Photo reference
      2. Light and shadow
      3. Organic
      4. Manmade
    4. Chrome objects
      1. Logo
      2. Automotive
      3. Science fiction
    5. Texture Swap
      1. Render swapped textures
    6. Industrial Rendering
      1. Object design
      2. Object illustration
      3. Object indication
      4. Object rendering

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1090 - Figure Illustration 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    Introduction to drawing the human form from life, photographs, and imagination using a variety of media and techniques; a comprehensive study and application of draftsmanship as it relates to the surface anatomy, body movements and relationships, and their systematic application to commercial illustration.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate observational skills for greater drawing accuracy with the human figure.

    Objectives:

    1. Assemble a reference file from actual photos and other photo sources.
    2. Draw a proportioned/commercial 8 headed male and female figure in the anterior, posterior, and lateral views.
    3. Draw the head in a full front, profile, and ¾ views.
    4. Demonstrate foreshortening.
    5. Apply light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
    6. Draw proportioned hand studies.
    7. Draw the human head accurately in different views so as to capture a likeness.
    8. Draw the figure partially clothed displaying comprehension of gesture, anatomy, proportion, weight and balance, and drapery.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to stress line, mass, texture, value, color, and composition in relation to drawing figures.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw gestures indicating strong movement.
    2. Draw the proportional figure in various media for commercial reproduction.
    3. Render the effect of light on the human form.
    4. Develop thumbnail sketches.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use graphite, color pencils, paper and board surfaces.

    Objectives:

    1. Show light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
    2. Identify current illustrators and illustrative trends.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate light, shadow, texture, and color as all relate to human figures.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce samples of figurative work as it relates to industry.
    2. Produce samples of human figures interacting with inanimate objects.
    3. Produce figurative work with varying technique and style.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Classroom etiquette
      2. Attendance policy
      3. Departmental codes
      4. Materials
    2. Gesture
    3. Motion
    4. Form and Cast Shadow
    5. Core and Reflected Light
    6. Skeletal Bones
    7. Muscles
    8. Emotion
    9. Proportion
    10. Anatomy
    11. Linear
    12. Tonal
    13. Monochromatic
    14. Value Grid
    15. Texture
    16. Features
    17. Likeness
    18. Caricature
    19. Book Cover
    20. Artist Study
    21. Sketchbook Exercises
      1. Drawing from life
      2. Anatomy studies
      3. Artist studies

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1155 - Design 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1025  and MACA 1055 

    (formerly MACA 1130)

    Advertising for print, web and other communication forms. Application of a variety of media to assigned problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create drawings and designs with accuracy.

    Objectives:

    1. Create images with appropriate size relationships, angles, and negative space.
    2. Use methods to indicate type and graphics for advertising layouts.
    3. Use the elements and principles of design.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the role, ethics, and responsibility of advertising.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine different aspects of advertising.
    2. Explore the roles within an advertising agency.
    3. Understand ethics in regards to advertising.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce advertising layouts for various mediums.

    Objectives:

    1. Create brochures.
    2. Create booklets.
    3. Create flyers.
    4. Create direct mail advertisements.
    5. Create web advertisements.
    6. Create billboards.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize the design process.

    Objectives:

    1. Research topics.
    2. Create preliminary sketches.
    3. Create layouts.
    4. Modify design accordingly.
    5. Present work and get feedback.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction, grading, and terminology
    2. Advertising theory, practices and its role in society
    3. Study and identify a variety of type faces
    4. Study print and web advertising specifications
    5. Analysis of advertising, print, web, billboard, packaging and point of purchase advertising
    6. Major assignment - design layouts using type and graphics for print advertising
    7. Major assignment - design and create finish art for a billboard
    8. Major assignment - design and create finish art for a logo and identity system
    9. Major assignment - design and create finish art for a package design
    10. Major assignment - design and create finish art for point of purchase advertising

    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Bush, Mary
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1160 - Previsualization

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly MACA 1150)

    Student projects examine a variety of concept and storytelling processes through visual communication. From print to film to animation to interactive media, the class focuses on the creative aspects of previsualization for industry and storyboarding in the communicative arts.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to visually create a storyboard.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop presentation techniques.
    2. Set camera angles.
    3. Create background sketch techniques.
    4. Apply basic camera movements.
    5. Stage dialogue.
    6. Work with different aspect ratios.
    7. Use terminology and abbreviations in assignments and classroom discussions.
    8. Create figure invention.
    9. Read a script.
    10. Convey framing heights.
    11. Use arrows to indicate movement.
    12. Illustrate camera techniques.
    13. Illustrate editing transitions.
    14. Convey perspective with no tangents.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the ability to create sequential images required to tell a story visually.

    Objectives:

    1. Create images to convey a story.
    2. Create temporal connections.
    3. Write a script.
    4. Produce a final project that is both visual and narrative.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the ability to visually stimulate the theory of light on basic shapes to convey cinematic atmosphere.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and produce various methods of color proofing.
    2. Create special effects with scanned images.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate skills to apply the principles of value, hue, and intensity to their renderings in full color, indicating full comprehension of light, shadow, color, intensity, and value.

    Objectives:

    1. Convey composition.
    2. Demonstrate contrast in value.
    3. Demonstrate contrast in edge control.
    4. Indicate tangible atmosphere.
    5. Indicate stylistic atmosphere.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to previsualize imagery.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce thumbnails.
    2. Illustrate roughs.
    3. Conceptualize ideas.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Classroom etiquette
      2. Attendance policy
      3. Departmental codes
      4. Materials
    2. Drawing from Memory Exercises
    3. Sequential Art Storytelling Exercise
    4. Figure invention
      1. Human Head
      2. Body
    5. Script Reading
    6. Framing Heights
    7. Use of Arrows
    8. Aspect Ratios
    9. Script Writing
    10. Camera Techniques and Transitions
    11. Previsualizing Cinematography
      1. Perspective
      2. Tangents
      3. Composition
      4. Contrast
        1. value
        2. edge control
      5. Atmosphere
        1. tangible
        2. stylistic
    12. Temporal Connections
      1. context
      2. syntax
    13. Staging Dialogue
    14. Final Project
      1. visual and narrative
      2. TBD individually with student as it relates to illustration fundamentals

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1200 - Digital Illustration

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introduction to vector based software applications Adobe Illustrator and Macromedia Freehand. Students create industry related illustrations including technical renderings, editorial and promotional illustrations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create vector based illustration projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Trace templates or scanned drawing files in order to create vector based digital illustrations.
    2. Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
    3. Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
    4. Place and modify graphic images in the document.
    5. Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
    6. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    7. Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
    8. Convert colors from RGB to CMYK, and use various color libraries.
    9. Identify color theory, and prepare files for various prepress specifications (Separations: Process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
    10. Use networking and servers.
    11. Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
    12. Connect to a (file sharing) network to transfer and save files.
    13. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    14. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify problems, approach them systematically, and explore viable solutions.

    Objectives:

    1. Trace templates or scanned drawing files in order to create vector based digital illustrations.
    2. Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
    3. Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
    4. Save files in the proper file formats (for image setters or internet).
    5. Prepare files for output to Image setters and Service Bureaus.
    6. Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
    7. Place and modify graphic images in the document.
    8. Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
    9. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    10. Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
    11. Use the printers system of measure.
    12. Scan black and white, grayscale or halftone and color images.
    13. Convert colors from RGB to CMYK, and use various color libraries.
    14. Identify color theory, and prepare files for various prepress specifications (Separations: Process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
    15. Use networking and servers.
    16. Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
    17. Connect to a (file sharing) network to transfer and save files.
    18. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    19. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to import and export various text and graphics formatted in several different file formats.

    Objectives:

    1. Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
    2. Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
    3. Place and modify graphic images in the document.
    4. Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
    5. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    6. Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
    7. Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
    8. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create various text and graphics using Bezier Path attributes.

    Objectives:

    1. Trace templates or scanned drawing files in order to create vector based digital illustrations.
    2. Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
    3. Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
    4. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    5. Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
    6. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create vector-based files for proper output to a service bureau, internet application or media printer.

    Objectives:

    1. Save files in the proper file formats (for image setters or internet).
    2. Prepare files for output to Image setters and Service Bureaus.
    3. Place and modify graphic images in the document.
    4. Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
    5. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    6. Use the printers system of measure.
    7. Convert colors from RGB to CMYK, and use various color libraries.
    8. Identify color theory, and prepare files for various prepress specifications (Separations: Process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
    9. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    10. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work within a network environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
    2. Save files in the proper file formats (for image setters or internet).
    3. Prepare files for output to Image setters and Service Bureaus.
    4. Use networking and servers.
    5. Connect to a (file sharing) network to transfer and save files.
    6. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with peripheral devices such as removable drives, printers, and scanners.

    Objectives:

    1. Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
    2. Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
    3. Use the printers system of measure.
    4. Scan black and white, grayscale or halftone and color images.
    5. Navigate through an electronic document.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. INTRODUCTION
      1. MACA Department and Course Policy
      2. Assumptions about Current Proficiency
      3. What We’re Going to Learn
    2. GETTING STARTED
      1. Naming Conventions
      2. Key Commands
      3. The CD-ROM and Initial Setup Considerations
    3. THE ILLUSTRATOR WORKING ENVIRONMENT
      1. The Toolbox
      2. Toolbox Pop-up Menus
      3. The Menus
      4. The Palettes
    4. THE ILLUSTRATOR WORKING ENVIRONMENT
      1. Creating a New Document
      2. Setting Up Your Document
      3. Preferences
      4. Saving Illustrator Documents
      5. Saving-As Illustrator EPS (Encapsulated PostScript)
      6. Opening Illustrator Files
    5. GUIDES AND GRIDS
      1. Grids
      2. Guides
      3. Setting Ruler Zero Points
      4. Making Guides from Paths
    6. VIEWING MODES
      1. Using Preview and Artwork Modes
      2. Preview Selection
      3. Views Maximize Drawing Efficiency
      4. Custom Views
    7. ORGANIZING YOUR ART WITH LAYERS
      1. The Layer Concept
      2. Organizing the Elements
      3. The Layers Palette
      4. Basic Rules for Layers
      5. The Order of Layer Levels
      6. Changing Layer Levels
      7. Reassigning Objects to Other Layers
      8. The Layers Palette Menu
      9. Layer Options
    8. TEMPLATES
      1. The Making of a Template
      2. Autotracing a Template Image
    9. DRAWING PRIMITIVE SHAPES
      1. The Ellipse Tool
      2. The Rectangle Tool
      3. Other Tools
    10. CREATING PATHS
      1. The Pen Tool
      2. Drawing Straight Lines
      3. Anchor Points & Segments
      4. Open and Closed Paths
      5. Drawing Curves
      6. The Many Shapes of a Curve
      7. The Smooth Point
      8. The Corner Point
      9. Combining Straight Lines with Curves
      10. The Pencil and Paintbrush Tools
    11. MODIFYING PATHS
      1. Anchor Points and Segments
      2. The Path Editing Tools
      3. Connecting Anchor Points
      4. The Slice Tool
    12. CREATING AND EDITING TYPE
      1. Selecting text
      2. Typographic Basics
      3. Font
      4. Size
      5. Leading
      6. Tracking
      7. Kerning
      8. Scaling Type
      9. Baseline shift
      10. Paragraph
      11. Text Effects
    13. PAINTING OBJECTS
      1. Stroking and Filling a Path
      2. The Swatches Palette
      3. The Paint Bucket and Eyedropper Tools
      4. Importing Colors, Styles
    14. COLOR BASICS
      1. Color Output
      2. Color Definitions
      3. The Color Palette
    15. USING GRADIENTS
      1. Creating Custom Gradients
      2. Changing Angles and Directions of Gradients
      3. Making Gradients
    16. TRANSFORMATION TOOLS
      1. Transformational Basics
      2. Manual Transforming
      3. Reflect
      4. Scale
      5. Rotate
      6. Transform Again
      7. Shear
    17. WORKING WITH PLACED IMAGES
      1. Graphic Formats
      2. Linking Placed Images
      3. Identifying Placed Images
      4. Photographic EPS Images
      5. Include Placed Files?
    18. MANIPULATING OBJECTS
      1. Locking
      2. Hiding
      3. Grouping
      4. Working With Front/Back
      5. Arranging Objects
      6. Precision Alignment Techniques
      7. The Info Palette
      8. The Transform Palette

    Primary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1320 - Introduction to Photoshop

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly MACA 1300)

    MACA 1320 presents an introduction to Adobe Photoshop. Topics include file formats, resolutions, tools, and theories of image creation and manipulation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use multiple file formats.

    Objectives:

    1. Create PSD and TIF file formats for high resolution images.
    2. Create JPG and PNG file formats for smaller files.
    3. Create IFF file formats for use in 3D.
    4. Edit RAW images.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manipulate images.

    Objectives:

    1. Use layers.
    2. Resize images.
    3. Color correct images.
    4. Composite images.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate introductory knowledge of the technology they are using.

    Objectives:

    1. Speak about the computers they work on.
    2. Speak about the software they are using.
    3. Speak about different file formats.
    4. Speak about different image settings.
    5. Speak about different mode settings

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create and manipulate basic selections.

    Objectives:

    1. Use the pen tool.
    2. Use the marquee select tools.
    3. Use wand tools.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to save and modify advanced selections.

    Objectives:

    1. Save selections to channels.
    2. Save paths.
    3. Use advanced selection key commands.
    4. Active and deactivate selections.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply effects and filters.

    Objectives:

    1. Use effects on layers.
    2. Copy and paste effects.
    3. Apply filters to layers.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to cleanup images.

    Objectives:

    1. Remove dust and debris from pictures.
    2. Airbrush out unwanted artifacts.
    3. Dodge and burn portions of an image.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Webpage Assets - creating material that is ready for webpages
    2. Photographic Enhancement - repairing and manipulating photographs
    3. Image Manipulation - utilizing tools in Photoshop to manipulate images
    4. 3D Texture Creation - building a texture for use in 3D programs
    5. Drawing in Photoshop - drawing hard-body surfaces
    6. Drawing in Photoshop 2 - drawing soft-body surfaces
    7. Image Compilation 1 - combine images together and blend
    8. Image Compilation 2 - advanced image compilation and blending

    Primary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1340 - Typography

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1200 , MACA 1320 , and MACA 1055 

    (formerly MACA 1310)

    This course presents an introduction to typography. Topics include type evolution, attributes of type, and type family classification. The course explores creative use of type with regard to legibility and readability in design layouts utilizing grids and type in a digital environment.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify history of typography.

    Objectives:

    1. Learn the history of typography.
    2. Explain the importance of and development of type.
    3. Relate advancements of type during different time periods.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the physical attributes of type.

    Objectives:

    1. Define physical qualities.
    2. Identify structural elements.
    3. Identify type measurements.
    4. Define type terminology.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to employ a strategy used in classifying type.

    Objectives:

    1. Use appropriate typefaces.
    2. Use appropriate fonts.
    3. Use appropriate type styles.
    4. Use appropriate type family.
    5. Use appropriate modification tools to ensure greatest results.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to make use of a grid across multiple designs.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a grid.
    2. Evaluate alternative designs to solve proximity issues.
    3. Evaluate alternative grid layouts to solve balance problems.
    4. Evaluate size and shape considerations to solve visual problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Type history
    2. Type attributes
    3. Type classification
    4. Kerning and tracking type
    5. Type readability/legibility
    6. Use of a Grid in page layout
    7. Page layout design considerations
    8. Digital type
    9. Mid-Semester Evaluation
    10. Major assignment - expressive type design
    11. Major assignment - expressive type layout
    12. Major assignment - expressive type style layout
    13. Major assignment - expressive type portrait
    14. Major assignment - historic type layout

    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Bush, Mary
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1400 - Introduction to Digital Video

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    A practical hands‑on course introducing the use of digital video equipment for studio and location applications. Pre‑production planning, camera operations, lighting, audio acquisition, and editing techniques are covered. Emphasizing teamwork, students will work in each position of a production crew. Students use college provided digital video equipment and non‑linear editing suites to produce effective video programming.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of terms and digital technologies as they apply to video production.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Develop a working knowledge of digital video theory and technologies.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to plan, script, and shoot one-camera video production projects.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Script and storyboard projects in pre-production.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit video project in a non-linear environment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Capture video for assigned projects.
    2. Capture sound for assigned projects.
    3. Download and edit projects on non-linear editing systems.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce projects to a variety of media formats.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Produce projects in a variety of media formats using diverse applications.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate how to prepare video in various file formats for clients.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Compile projects in a variety of media formats and deliverables.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list.

    Week 2. Lecture: Video technology. Non-broadcast video theory, vocabulary and equipment. Present and potential applications of the technologies.

    Week 3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of crew and video team will be examined.

    Assignment: Production crews are formed and assignments made for first project.

    Week 4. Lecture: Camera operations. Basic controls of camera and audio equipment. Basic lighting for studio and field productions. Balance mix lighting.

    Week 5. Lecture: Single camera video productions. Basic shooting techniques. Use of video continuity. Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of the four basic shots.

    Week 6. Lecture: Recording sound. Use of on and off camera microphones. Wired and cordless microphones. Monitoring sound and why.

    Week 7. Lecture: Basic shot composition. Establishing shot, medium shot, and close-ups. General rule of shot composition. Tilt, Pan, Truck, and Zoom.

    Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of on and off camera microphones.

    Week 8. Lecture: Studio lighting. One, two, and three-point lighting.

    Week 9. Lecture: Pre-Production Planning. Script writing. Storyboarding.

    Week 10. Lecture: Script approval. Planning the shoot. Managing the shoot.

    Week 11. Lecture: Planning Your Edit. Introduction to editing.

    Week 12. Lecture: Shooting the projects.

    Week 13. Lecture: Post-Production. Editing digital projects.

    Week 14. Lecture: Editing continues.

    Week 15. Lecture: Voice over. Backing up and safeguarding your files.

    Week 16. Review for exam.

    Final exam.

    Final grades and equipment maintenance.


    Primary Faculty
    Marquez, Yoselyn
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1410 - Television/Video Studio Production

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Lecture and hands‑on experience in live to tape studio programming for television and video productions. Technical principles of studio recording of audio and video programs will be emphasized. Students will perform duties of each position in a studio production team.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to plan, produce, and shoot studio productions.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use multi-camera studio equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate and properly use teleprompter equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate and properly use multi-studio lights.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture and mix multi-channel audio.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
    3. Add voice and sound over for assigned project.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture video using video switcher.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
    3. Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce projects to a variety of media formats and deliverables.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production
    3. Add voice and sound for assigned projects.
    4. Produce projects in a variety of media formats.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list.

    Week 2. Lecture: Video technology. Non-broadcast video theory, vocabulary and equipment. Present and potential applications of the technologies.

    Week 3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of crew and video team will be examined.

    Assignment: Production crews are formed and assignments made for first project.

    Week 4. Lecture: Camera operations. Basic controls of camera and audio equipment. Basic lighting for studio and field productions. Balance mix lighting.

    Week 5. Lecture: Single camera video productions. Basic shooting techniques. Use of video continuity.

    Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of the four basic shots.

    Week 6. Lecture: Recording sound. Use of on and off camera microphones. Wired and cordless microphones. Monitoring sound and why.

    Week 7. Lecture: Basic shot composition. Establishing shot, medium shot, and close-ups. General rule of shot composition. Tilt, Pan, Truck, and Zoom.

    Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of on and off camera microphones.

    Week 8. Lecture: Studio lighting. One, two, and three-point lighting.

    Week 9. Lecture: Pre-Production Planning. Script writing. Storyboarding.

    Week 10. Lecture: Script approval. Planning the shoot. Managing the shoot.

    Week 11. Lecture: Planning Your Edit. Introduction to editing.

    Week 12. Lecture: Shooting the projects.

    Week 13. Lecture: Post-Production. Editing digital projects.

    Week 14. Lecture: Editing continues.

    Week 15. Lecture: Voice over. Backup and safeguard all project files.

    Week 16. Review for exam. Final exam. Final grades and equipment maintenance.


    Primary Faculty
    Marquez, Yoselyn
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1420 - Film Production 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1400  

    Students will gain hands‑on experience in the responsibilities of production crew members in the film industry. MACA 1420 emphasizes the roles of producer, director, script supervisor, production assistant, camera operator, sound mixer, lighting technician, and editor.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the film producer’s role.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the role of a film producer.
    2. Describe financial budget aspects of the producer’s role.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the film director’s role.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain a working knowledge of the director’s workflow.
    2. Describe the function of a film director.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the proper use of single-camera shooting for film-style productions.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate capture of media from live single-camera production.
    2. Describe the use of VU meters and Waveform monitors.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture and mix multi-channel audio.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the use of VU meters and Waveform monitors.
    2. Demonstrate microphone use and techniques for audio capture.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and demonstrate terms used by script supervisors.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate charting a script as a script supervisor.
    2. Describe the formats of scripts used by script supervisors.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and demonstrate lighting patterns.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate lighting techniques and modifications.
    2. Describe light temperatures using the Kelvin scale.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list.
    2. Present the applications of the technologies

      Lecture: Film making theory, vocabulary, and equipment overview
    3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of below-the-line film crews

      Assignment: Production crews are formed and assignments made for first project
    4. Lecture: Role of producer, director, and above-the-line personnel
    5. Lecture: Basic lighting for productions; light temperatures and waveform monitor use
    6. Lecture: Single-camera operations; basic film style shooting techniques

      Assignment: Shoot a “short” demonstrating the proper use of camera.
    7. Lecture: Recording sound; using hard-wired and cordless microphones; monitoring sound and why
    8. Lecture: Basic use of Script

      Assignment: Shoot a short demonstrating the proper use of scripts.
    9. Lecture: Modifying lighting; flags, cookies and gel filters for lighting
    10. Lecture: Directing script supervisor and camera operators
    11. Lecture: Script approval; planning the shoot; managing the shoot
    12. Lecture: Alternate uses for microphones; types and uses
    13. Lecture: Shooting the projects
    14. Lecture: Post-production workflow
    15. Lecture: Editing
    16. Review for exam; final exam; final grades and equipment maintenance

    Primary Faculty
    Marquez, Yoselyn
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1510 - Digital Darkroom

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1010 

    (formerly MACA 1065)

    In this class students will learn to use the industry-standard software used by professional photographers for editing, transferring, and sharing photographs. Students will gain an understanding of file formats and sizes. Students will consider output options such as print or digital display of images. Students must have their own digital SLR (DSLR) or digital mirrorless camera with removeable lenses and manual exposure controls.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the workflow of the digital photography process.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate importing, exporting, opening, and saving documents.
    2. Explain a variety of file formats and the benefits and drawbacks of using each.
    3. Demonstrate and explain the organizational tools in the digital darkroom.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop the skills to edit photographs.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce images demonstrating the use of editing software to retouch images.
    2. Produce images demonstrating the use of editing software to manipulate images.
    3. Produce images demonstrating the use of editing software to composite and merge images.
    4. Produce images demonstrating the use of editing software for presentation of images in a variety of mediums.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1.

    1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list
    2. Lecture: Introduction to Adobe Photo Editing Software

    Week 2.

    1. Lecture: Light Room overview and Library Module
    2. Lab: Assignent #1 - Import, Create Collections, Export

    Week 3.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #1
    2. Lecture: Develop Module
    3. Lab: Assignment #2 - Color and exposure corrections

    Week 4.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #2
    2. Lecture: Develop Module (Part 2)
    3. Lab: Assignment #3 - Basic Retouch, Vignettes, and other editing tools

    Week 5.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #3
    2. Lecture: Develop Module (Part 3) - Editing Landscapes
    3. Lab: Assignment # 4 - Editing Landscapes

    Week 6.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #4
    2. Lecture: Develop Module (Part 4) - Editing faces
    3. Lab: Assignment #5 - Editing Human Faces

    Week 7.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #5
    2. Lecture: The Light Room/Photoshop interface
    3. Lab: Assignment #6 - Open, Save, and Photoshop file formats

    Week 8.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #6
    2. Lecture: Common Photo Editing Tools in Photoshop
    3. Lab: Assignment #7 - Editing Landscapes in Photoshop

    Week 9.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #7
    2. Lecture: High Dynamic Range (HDR) images in Photoshop and Lightroom
    3. Lab: Assignment #8 - HDR in both Photoshop and Lightroom

    Week 10.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #8
    2. Lecture: Panoramic and other Photo Merge techniques
    3. Lab: Assignment #9 - Photo Merge

    Week 11.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #9
    2. Lecture: Basic Photo Composites in Photoshop
    3. Lab: Assignment #10 - Photo Composite

    Week 12.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #10
    2. Lecture: Photo manipulation techniques in Photoshop
    3. Lab: Assignment #11 - Creative Photo Manipulation

    Week 13.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #11
    2. Lecture: Photoshop Green Screen Techniques
    3. Lab: Assignment #12 - Photoshop Green Screen Edit

    Week 14.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #12
    2. Lecture: Light Room Slideshow Module
    3. Lab: Assignment #13 - Slideshow and Class Portfolio

    Week 15.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #13
    2. Lecture: Print Module
    3. Lab: Assignment #14 - Printing from Light Room

    Week 16.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #14
    2. Final exam

    Primary Faculty
    Soule, William
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1820 - Design for the Web 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1320 

    (formerly MACA 1720)

    This class will provide introductory training in web page and site design. This course is structured to provide a foundation with emphasis on the planning and design process. The student will learn to plan and build well‑formed web pages and sites. Students will gain experience using multiple software packages and demonstrate these skills by creating designs, testing, and publishing projects to a web server, using existing markup languages.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to generate work on a computer.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice using networks and servers.
    2. Modify basic web documents.
    3. Output various publishing formats.
    4. Practice using different storage options.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will write a basic design plan for web pages and sites.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine a purpose for the project.
    2. Create a content model based on the purpose.
    3. Create a hierarchy based on the content model.
    4. Create a wireframe based on the content model.
    5. Create a design comp based on the wireframe.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will create basic web pages and web sites.

    Objectives:

    1. Build graphics required for a web page.
    2. Use the tools needed to create and modify text in an electronic web page document.
    3. Place and modify graphics in web page document.
    4. Compress and export page elements and graphics.
    5. Refine and link web pages into a web site.
    6. Practice testing a webpage and site
    7. Move and save web page files.
    8. Demonstrate file management.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will demonstrate basic web programming skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Navigate through an electronic web document.
    2. Identify, read, modify and write basic web documents.
    3. Create a simple webpage and website.
    4. Deliver a website on server network.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will employ professional work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Recognize professional work habits.
    3. Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
    4. Test projects, practice file management, upload files to a server, and prepare projects properly for presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Project 1. Create new basic HTML web document using a text editor.

    1. Text, graphics, naming, file management, compressing/saving/exporting graphics for HTML.
    2. Student will identify, read, modify and write basic web documents.
    3. Use proper semantic techniques.
    4. d. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Project 2. Create new basic CSS document using a text editor.

    1. Link, style and arrange the content in the HTML text doc.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Project 3. Design new basic image files using an image editing software.

    1. Use proper output resolutions and formats.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Project 4. Create a working web page using text editor.

    1. Mid-term project utilizing all skills learned.

    Project 5. Design a web site using text editor and image editing software.

    1. Improve production, planning, and refine workflow.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Project 6. Create a working web site document using a text editor.

    1. Final project utilizing all skills learned

    Primary Faculty
    Crumb, Michael
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1840 - Design for the Web 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1820 

    This class will provide intermediate training in adding interactivity to the web page and elevate the site building process. This course is structured to continue the foundation concepts achieved in MACA‑1820 ‑ Design for the Web 1. The students will practice intermediate design skills and content strategy skills to assess, design, and apply interactivity to pages and projects. This course will promote user‑centered design and explore the use of websites in business. Students will train using current industry trends with an emphasis on designing user interaction.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to generate work on a computer.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice using networks and servers.
    2. Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
    3. Output to various networks and formats.
    4. Practice using different storage options.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will create an intermediate design plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the site plan of an existing web site.
    2. Write and design a content strategy.
    3. Modify the content strategy to a web site plan.
    4. Write a site plan for a new web site.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will practice intermediate web coding.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify intermediate web code.
    2. Read intermediate web code.
    3. Modify intermediate web code.
    4. Use the tools needed to create and modify text in an electronic web page document.
    5. Use the tools needed to place and modify graphics in an electronic web page document.
    6. Demonstrate file management.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will create a design comp and follow workflow steps to create an intermediate web site based on current industry trends.

    Objectives:

    1. Navigate through an electronic web document.
    2. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    3. Demonstrate how a web site plan can be used to create an intermediate web site.
    4. Deliver web products on a network.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will employ professional work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
    3. Test projects, practice file management, upload files to a server, and prepare projects properly for presentation.
    4. Recognize professional work habits.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Project 1. Create new intermediate HTML document using a text editor.

    1. Text, graphics, naming, file management, compressing/saving/exporting graphics for HTML.
    2. Student will identify, read, modify and write intermediate web documents.
    3. Use proper semantic techniques.
    4. Demonstrate professional work habits

    Project 2. Create new intermediate CSS document using a text editor.

    1. Link, style and arrange the content in the HTML text doc.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 3. Add intermediate techniques to create user interactivity.

    1. Use proper semantic markup that supports SEO.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 4. Create an intermediate web site plan based on content strategy.

    1. Mid-term project utilizing all skills learned.

    Project 5. Design an intermediate web site using a text editor and image editing software.

    1. Improve production, planning, and refine workflow.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 6. Create a working intermediate web site and deliver on a network.

    1. Final project utilizing all skills learned.

    Primary Faculty
    Crumb, Michael
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 1900 - Introduction to Motion Graphics

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1200 

    (formerly MACA 2200)

    This course provides an introduction to the concepts, tools, and practices used in creating animation images, or motion graphics. Storytelling, workflow, animation principles, and more will be used to help students understand this evolving field.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the interface, file management, and ways to optimize their usage.

    Objectives:

    1. Use and customize hotkeys.
    2. Modify the interface.
    3. Create an organized file structure.
    4. Organize workflow inside the software.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create simple animations.

    Objectives:

    1. Create and delete keyframes.
    2. Use different techniques to manipulate speed in animations.
    3. Use different techniques to repurpose animations.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use advanced animation techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Use morph shapes.
    2. Use transparency shapes and channel information.
    3. Use tools to ease the process of repetition.
    4. Understand and be able to utilize the principles of animation.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use external tools for creating artwork.

    Objectives:

    1. Create vector artwork to be used for animation.
    2. Create raster artwork to be used for animation.
    3. Create 3D artwork to be used in an animation.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to modify footage in the software.

    Objectives:

    1. Use tools for isolating elements from source files.
    2. Use tools for matching movement from source files.
    3. Use tools animating and incorporating elements together.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. First Day Handout - Talk about what class is about
    2. Introduction to Software, methods…
    3. Page Transitions
    4. Page Transitions
    5. Page Transitions
    6. Titles/Page Transitions
    7. Titles
    8. Titles
    9. Lower Third/Titles
    10. Lower Third/Character Scorecards/Hotkey Test
    11. Character Scorecards/Lower Third
    12. Character Scorecards/Definitions Test
    13. Character Scorecards
    14. 3D Unfold /Character Scorecards
    15. 3D Unfold
    16. 3D Unfold/Design Rule
    17. Design Rule/3D Unfold
    18. Design Rule
    19. Design Rule/Angry Bird (planning)
    20. Design Rule/Angry Bird (planning)
    21. Angry Bird/Design Rule
    22. Angry Bird
    23. Angry Bird
    24. Tracking/Demo Reel (planning)/Angry Bird
    25. Tracking
    26. Demo Reel/Tracking
    27. Demo Reel
    28. Demo Reel
    29. Final Exam #1
    30. Final Exam #2
    31. Demo Reel/Tear Sheet Viewing Day Demo Reel
    32. Grading Day

    Primary Faculty
    Sheehan, Shawn
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2050 - Design 3

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1025 , MACA 1055 ; and MACA 1200  or MACA 1320  

    (formerly MACA 2020)

    Students design three-dimensional design concepts for various forms of communication using a variety of media, computer programs, materials, and techniques in black and white, and color. May be taken twice for credit.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create visual experiences.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret information, plan, and create a solution.
    2. Use the creative process, digital, traditional, practical, or other methods.
    3. Use dominant and sub-dominant principles.
    4. Apply 2-D and 3-D principles to their work.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will decipher design principles.

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze the market for the intended product.
    2. Collect data about pertaining to the product.
    3. Develop a plan for maximizing strategies.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate proficiency in their design strategies.

    Objectives:

    1. Pitch their idea to a group of peers.
    2. Discuss the strategies for their designs.
    3. Receive feedback and update their work.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will employ good craftsmanship.

    Objectives:

    1. Use appropriate materials.
    2. Create polished designs.
    3. Work through planning, tweaking, finalizing artwork.
    4. Create updatable designs

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Curvilinear/Mechanical/Dynamic line study
    2. Organic/Rectilinear/Hybrid shape study
    3. Depth/Form/Texture/Value/Color study
    4. Design History
    5. Logo design for business and industry
      * This problem varies from semester to semester.
    6. Mid-semester evaluation
    7. 3-dimensional design: horizontal/vertical/geometric/curved/dynamic
    8. Point of purchase display

    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2110 - Photojournalism

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1010  

    MACA 2110 introduces students to the practices and principles of photojournalism. Topics include techniques used in documentary, event, and public relations photography. Students must have a digital SLR camera or digital mirrorless camera with removable lenses and manual exposure controls.  See course supply list for additional equipment and supplies.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document people, places, and events using digital photography.

    Objectives:

    1. Use bounce flash technique in photojournalistic situations.
    2. Produce a photo story with a series of photographs.
    3. Demonstrate how to prepare images for use in online publications, and web pages.
    4. Demonstrate resizing and cropping images using software for use in publications.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; Material and supply list
    Lecture: Legal and Ethical Issues Related to Photojournalism

    Week 2. Lecture: Ethics of Photojournalism
    Lab: Shooting Assignment #1
    Lecture: The Photo Story
    Lab: Downloading image files, resizing, and storage

    Week 3. Lecture: Controlling Motion Assignment #2
    Lab: Shooting Assignment #2
    Lecture: Panning the shot

    Week 4. Lecture: Using Flash to Stop Motion Assignment #3
    Lab: Printing Assignment #2
    Critique and grading of assignment #2

    Week 5. Lecture: Drag that Shutter Assignment #4
    Lab: Shooting and caption of each image

    Week 6. Lecture: Write and Edit Captions Assignment #5
    Lab: Editing photos from assignment #4
    Critique and grading of assignment #3

    Week 7. Lecture: The Feature Photo Assignment #6
    Lab: Image processing and printing
    Critique and grading of assignment #4

    Week 8. Lecture: Sports Photography Assignment #7
    Lab: Shooting sporting events
    Lecture: Editing and Selecting Images
    Lab: Uploading mutable images using software

    Week 9. Lecture: Street Scene Assignment #8
    Lab: Process, print, and display
    Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 10. Lecture: Landscape Story Assignment 9
    Lab: Process, print and display
    Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 11. Lecture: Business Activities Assignment #10
    Lab: Process, print, and display
    Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 12. Lecture: Event Photography Assignment #11
    Lab: Process, print, and display
    Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 13. Lecture: News Stories Assignment #12
    Lab: Process, print, and display
    Critique and grading of assignments

    Week 14. Lecture: Lectures Assignment #13
    Lab: Process, print, and display

    Week 15. Lecture: Awards Ceremonies Assignment #14

    Week 16. Lecture: Prepare Files for Online Publications Assignment #15
    Review for exam
    Final exam
    Final grades and equipment maintenance


    Primary Faculty
    Soule Jr., William
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2150 - Advanced Digital Layout

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1055 , MACA 1200 , and MACA 1320  

    MACA 2150, a continuation of MACA 1055, uses Adobe InDesign software to create composite page layouts as B&W, spot color or 4 color process. Other applications introduced include Adobe Acrobat. Electronic files are output to a variety of B&W and color proofing devices.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills to generate work on a computer.

    Objectives:
    Produce simple and complex documents using Adobe InDesign.
    Demonstrate how to change application defaults.
    Navigate through an electronic document.
    Use the tools needed to place, create and modify graphics, images and text in an electronic document.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify problems, approach them systematically, and explore solutions.

    Objectives:
    Employ the use of spot color (Pantone) or CMYK (4 color process).
    Employ the use of a network and a server.
    Demonstrate how to change application defaults.
    Navigate through an electronic document.
    Use the tools needed to place, create and modify graphics, images and text in an electronic document.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create composite images electronically.

    Objectives:
    Demonstrate the basics of electronic image assembly.
    Produce B/W and /or color images.
    Electronically output composite images using B/W and color printers.
    Employ the use of spot color (Pantone) or CMYK (4 color process).


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. The electronic mechanical
      2. InDesign and the InDesign environment
      3. Design: considering type and graphic elements
      4. Type fonts
      5. Typographic measurement
      6. Use of space
      7. Images
    2. Working with files
      1. Creating a new InDesign document
      2. Modifying the document setup
      3. Save options
    3. Tools, menus, and palettes
      1. The tool palette
      2. The menu bars
      3. Other palettes
    4. Navigating InDesign
      1. Zooming in and out
      2. Scrolling
      3. Resizing the window
      4. Frequently used shortcuts
    5. Guides, margins, and rulers
      1. Viewing, adjusting and removing guides
      2. Setting margins, columns and gutters
      3. Understanding the rulers
    6. Creating simple objects
      1. Creating lines and shapes
      2. Modifying shapes and content types
    7. Creating complex shapes
      1. The pen tools
      2. Anchor points and segments
      3. Closed and open paths
      4. Working with curves
      5. Merging shapes
    8. Positioning elements
      1. Duplicating and moving elements
      2. Stacking order
      3. Alignments
    9. Manipulating elements
      1. Modify dialog boxes vs. the measurement palette
      2. Skew, scale, rotate, flip, and move elements
      3. Applying transformations to elements
    10. Entering, editing, and importing text
      1. Selecting text
      2. Using cut/copy/delete/place and pasting of text
      3. Navigating through text blocks
      4. Overset text icon
      5. Linking text boxes
    11. Working with colors and frames
      1. Frames and background colors
      2. Using the swatches, color palettes
      3. Defining colors
      4. Blends
      5. Frames
    12. Paragraph formatting
      1. Paragraph styles
      2. Rules and paragraph leading
      3. Setting tabs
    13. Creating text on a path
      1. Text on circles
      2. Controlling the position of type on paths
    14. Character formatting
      1. Character styles
      2. Edit existing styles
    15. Images
      1. Placing images
      2. Copy/cut and paste images
      3. Scaling placed images
      4. Modifying image frames
      5. Cropping pictures
      6. Locating an image within a document
      7. Updating
    16. Master pages
      1. Creating elements on master pages
      2. Headers and footers
      3. Modifying master page items on document pages
    17. Working with text
      1. Spell check/dictionaries
      2. Hyphenation and justification
      3. Using find/change
      4. Double spaces after periods
      5. Hyphens, en- and em-dashes
      6. Smart quotes
      7. Rags, widows and orphans
      8. Story palette
      9. Glyphs palette
    18. Printing and packaging
      1. Page setup dialog box
      2. Printing your document
      3. Getting a document ready for a service provider
      4. Preflighting, packaging your document
      5. PDFs
      6. Separations
    19. Structuring your layouts.
      1. Grids
      2. Using custom grids and templates
      3. Kerning and tracking
    20. Working with shapes
      1. Complex merging
      2. Advanced pen tool techniques
    21. Complex text elements
      1. Converting text to paths
      2. Putting type inside of graphics
      3. Text on paths
    22. Text and graphics together
      1. Coloring text and text boxes
      2. Text wraps
      3. Alternative to automatic runarounds
      4. InDesign clipping paths
      5. Adjusting hyphenation and justification of text wraps
    23. Advanced styles
      1. Heirarchy
      2. Appending styles from another document
      3. Styles and workflow
      4. Creating object styles
    24. Working with long documents
      1. The importance of consistency
      2. Books
    25. Managing output
      1. Pre-sets
      2. Tiling
      3. Halftones and duotones
      4. Using the PPD manager
      5. Postscript and InDesign
      6. Creating an output request form
      7. Imposition
      8. Output tips
      9. Separations

    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2176 - Painted Illustration

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1040  

    (formerly MACA 2175)

    MACA 2176 focuses on advanced problems in full color using acrylic paint to produce portfolio samples. Students use a variety of media and mixed media on different surfaces. Samples include architecture, character, vehicle, prop, and product renderings, and illustrative compositions for advertising and animation markets. Problems include setting a mood, telling a story, and being expressive. Group critiques discuss design, concept, color harmony, and composition. May be taken two times for credit with the approval of a Media & Communication Arts advisor.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to produce portfolio samples of commercial illustrations that demonstrate technical acrylic painting skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Render chrome in full color.
    2. Mix media to create effects.
    3. Develop thumbnail roughs.
    4. Create a montage composition.
    5. Create a full color portrait.
    6. Illustrate a landscape.
    7. Create an original science fiction or fantasy piece.
    8. Communicate displacement visually.
    9. Create an evocative illustration.
    10. Design a comprehensive rough.
    11. Scale and grid photo reference.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate research and organizational skills as they apply to creating full color illustrations.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop thumbnail sketches.
    2. Apply the basics of color theory.
    3. Render textures through transfer method.
    4. Neutralize a color with its complement.
    5. Assemble a reference line.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate skills to apply the principles of value, hue, and intensity to their renderings in full color, indicating full comprehension of light, shadow, color, intensity and value.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a value grid.
    2. Paint a gradation.
    3. Match colors from a reference with paint.
    4. Scale a room in one point perspective.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Classroom etiquette
      2. Attendance policy
      3. Departmental codes
      4. Materials
    2. Monotone Illustration
      1. Value grid
      2. Sketching techniques
      3. Portraits
    3. Full Color Portrait
    4. Gold/Chrome Object
    5. Landscape Illustration
    6. Displacement Illustration
      1. Thumbnails
      2. Rough
    7. Montage Illustration
      1. Thumbnails
      2. Value rough
      3. Monotone comp
      4. Full color finish
    8. Science Fiction/Fantasy Illustration
      1. Character concepts
      2. Location concepts
      3. Prop concepts
      4. Method of transportation concepts
      5. Creature concepts
      6. Thumbnails
      7. Value rough
      8. Monotone comp
      9. Full color finish
    9. Evocative Illustration

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2180 - Concept Illustration

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1040  and MACA 1200  

    MACA 2180 combines traditional and digital media in today’s illustration market. Focusing on “telling the story” in a multimedia environment, students learn to seamlessly integrate traditional painted or drawn illustration elements with photography, type, scanned textures, and Photoshop effect elements to create a print or web‑ready image.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to carry through a professional illustration assignment, from concept to completion.

    Objectives:

    1. Conceptualize visual ideas.
    2. Create thumbnails.
    3. Illustrate a rough layout.
    4. Produce color comps.
    5. Render a final product.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to utilize a number of media, both traditional and digital, to create professional illustrations.

    Objectives: Students will perform using mixed media, including

    1. Pencil sketching.
    2. Monotone sketching.
    3. Acrylic painting.
    4. PhotoShop.
    5. Illustrator.
    6. Recognizing RGB verses CMYK working environments regarding color handling and output.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to problem solve a visual concept and execute a project designed to satisfy a prospective client.

    Objectives:

    1. Exhibit professional speech and behavior.
    2. Provide multiple solutions.
    3. Produce a finished product within designated timelines.
    4. In delivering criticism of other’s work, be considerate and focus the discussion on items over which the person has control. Respond non-defensively to criticism of one’s own work received from others.
    5. Work cooperatively in a group.
    6. Revise preliminary drawing concepts based upon client feedback.
    7. Successfully prepare artwork for print or web and create a printed presentation for the class.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Project #1 Problem Solve
    2. Project #1 Design
    3. Project #1 Client changes
    4. Project #1 Execute
    5. Project #2 Problem Solve
    6. Project #2 Design
    7. Project #2 Client changes
    8. Project #2 Execute
    9. Project #3 Problem Solve
    10. Project #3 Design
    11. Project #3 Client changes
    12. Project #3 Execute
    13. Project #4 Problem Solve
    14. Project #4 Design
    15. Project #4 Client changes
    16. Project #4 Execute

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2190 - Figure Illustration 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1090 

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    Advanced study of figure illustration as applied in book, magazine, advertising, and other commercial area; assigned problems using materials and techniques required by mass reproduction processes. May be taken two times for credit with the approval of a Media & Communication Arts advisor.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate an aesthetic sensibility in regard to illustrating the human figure.

    Objectives:

    1. Illustrate the bone and muscle structure of the human anatomy.
    2. Apply various media used in mass reproduction (line ink and pencil, wash, charcoal, markers, acrylics, watercolor, etc.).
    3. Draw the figure fully clothed displaying comprehension of anatomy, weight, balance, and drapery.
    4. Assemble a reference file from actual photos and other photo sources.
    5. Draw a proportioned / commercial 8 headed male and female figure in the anterior, posterior, and lateral view.
    6. Demonstrate foreshortening.
    7. Identify light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
    8. Draw proportioned hand studies.
    9. Draw the human head in different views so as to capture a likeness.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate technical skills to create commercial figure illustrations.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw the figure with a limited color palette.
    2. Draw the figure in full color.
    3. Demonstrate techniques of fashion illustration.
    4. Draw children.
    5. Draw the proportional figure in various media for commercial reproduction.
    6. Render the effect of light on the human form.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate research and organizational skills as they apply to developing full color illustrations.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
    2. Identify current illustrators and illustrative trends.
    3. Illustrate the figure as it relates to problem solving with current visual communication trends.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Classroom etiquette
      2. Attendance policy
      3. Departmental codes
      4. Materials
    2. Gesture
    3. Motion
    4. Limited Palette
    5. Form and Cast Shadow
    6. Core and Reflected Light
    7. Skeletal Bones
    8. Muscles
    9. Full Color
    10. Emotion
    11. Proportion
    12. Anatomy
    13. Linear
    14. Tonal
    15. Monochromatic
    16. Value Grid
    17. Texture
    18. Features
    19. Likeness
    20. Caricature
    21. Book Cover
    22. Artist Study
    23. Mixed Media
    24. Sketchbook Exercises
      1. Drawing from life
      2. Anatomy studies
      3. Artist Studies

    Primary Faculty
    Busch, Matthew S
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2220 - Commercial Photography

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1010  and MACA 1510 

    (formerly MACA 2210)

    This class is primarily a commercial studio photography class concentrating on producing photographs in a photo studio for a commercial or advertising purpose, but it will also involve photographing inanimate objects for a commercial purpose such as architecture, homes, and interiors. Still life, solid, transparent, translucent, and tabletop objects will be examined. Also, large objects in studio and outdoors will be photographed. Architectural, interior, and landscape photographs will also be examined. Students must have their own digital SLR (DSLR) or digital mirrorless camera with removeable lenses and manual exposure controls. Students must also have a wide-angle zoom or wide-angle prime for their camera and a tripod.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the basic operational features of a photographic studio.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate and measure the power output of a light source.
    2. Explain and demonstrate requirements for color balance lighting.
    3. Demonstrate the advantages and disadvantages of different types of studio lighting.
    4. Explain and demonstrate the safety concerns using hot lights.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills needed to use studio lighting equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce images demonstrating the correct use of lighting for creating advertisements.
    2. Produce images demonstrating the correct use of lighting for tabletop setups.
    3. Produce images demonstrating the correct use of lighting for large objects.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use light modifiers.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the use of soft boxes.
    2. Demonstrate the use of reflective umbrellas.
    3. Demonstrate the use of mix lighting situations.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to photograph inanimate objects.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce images of inanimate objects in studio light conditions.
    2. Produce images of inanimate objects in natural light conditions.
    3. Compose inanimate objects in a visually appealing way.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1.

    1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list
    2. Lecture: Studio set-up, demonstration of equipment, procedures, and rules

    Week 2.

    1. Lecture: Still Life
    2. Lab: Metering light in the studio
    3. Lecture: Setting-up your scene and manipulating light
    4. Lab: Assignment #1 - Still Life in studio

    Week 3.

    1. Lecture: Editing inanimate objects
    2. Lab: Edit Assignment #1 images
    3. Critique and grading of Assignment #1

    Week 4.

    1. Lecture: Advertisements from concept to publication
    2. Lab: Assignment #2 - Advertisement (small solid object) in studio

    Week 5.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #2
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #2

    Week 6.

    1. Lecture: Photographing glass, transparent, and translucent objects
    2. Lab: Assignment #3 - Advertisement (small transparent/glass object) in studio

    Week 7.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #3
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #3

    Week 8.

    1. Lecture: Photographing large inanimate objects in studio
    2. Lab: Assignment #4 - Large object Advertisement

    Week 9.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #4
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #4

    Week 10.

    1. Lecture: Commercial Landscape Photography
    2. Lab: Assignment #5 Commercial Landscape Composite

    Week 11.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #5
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #5
    3. Lecture: Commercial Interiors
    4. Lab: Assignment #6 - Commercial Interiors Composite

    Week 12.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #6
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #6
    3. Lecture: Architectural Detail
    4. Lab: Assignment #7 - Creative Architectural Detail Composite

    Week 13.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #7
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #7
    3. Lab: Assignment #8 - Open Assignment (student’s concept)

    Week 14.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #8
    2. Lecture: Creating your class portfolio
    3. Lab: Assignment #9 - Class Portfolio

    Week 15.

    1. Open studio/open lab
    2. Lecture: Final Exam Review

    Week 16.

    1. Final exam

    Primary Faculty
    Soule, William
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2250 - Compositing & 2D Animatics

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1160 , MACA 1200 , and MACA 1900  

    MACA 2250 develops a stylized sequential animatic from concept to completion, using both traditional and digital techniques in a 2D environment. Students create and design a script, storyboards, and character style sheets in concept form, which they then digitize and illustrate for the purpose of animating in 2D form on the computer.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to design, create, and execute an animatic.

    Objectives:

    1. Conceptualize visual ideas.
    2. Create story concepts.
    3. Create thumbnails.
    4. Plan temporal connections.
    5. Illustrate rough layouts.
    6. Produce color comps.
    7. Render a final product.
    8. Animate objects in a 2-D environment.
    9. Utilize sound effects to enhance the animatic.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to produce animation-ready artwork and graphics in a vector application.

    Objectives: Students will utilize such tools as

    1. Sketching.
    2. Acrylic painting.
    3. PhotoShop.
    4. Illustrator.
    5. After Effects.
    6. Use and enhance RGB color transition.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to develop character and story into a working digital animated clip.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Produce traditional storyboards
    2. Transfer sequential art to a digital environment.
    3. Produce a finished product within designated timelines.
    4. In delivering criticism of other’s work, be considerate and focus the discussion on items over which the person has control. Respond non-defensively to criticism of one’s own work received from others.
    5. Successfully prepare artwork for print or web and create a printed presentation for the class.
    6. Present thorough sequences with consistency.
    7. Produce animated characters with sip-sync voice-overs.
    8. Render high quality files for DVD and web presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Introduction/class foundation lecture
    2. Story Ideation and Development
    3. Storyboard/Concept Mechanics
    4. Lab development
    5. Adobe Illustrator Digital Art creation/finalizing animation plot and characters
    6. 2D Animation Techniques: Color and Mood/Movement and Pace
    7. 2D Animation Techniques: Adobe After Effects animation concepts/skills
    8. Lab development
    9. Pre-visualization: use of animation “dailies/roughs” for timing/pre-development
    10. Digital Assets Development: scene backdrops/sound effects/voiceovers/special effects
    11. Lab development
    12. Post-visualization: Animation class critique/review
    13. Lab development
    14. Post-visualization: revision process development
    15. Final review*
    16. Utilized as a “float” week at instructor’s discretion to incorporate extra “lab development” time

    Primary Faculty
    Sheehan, Shawn
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2300 - Advanced Photoshop

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1320  

    (3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    MACA 2300 explores image and art problems utilizing Adobe Photoshop advanced techniques. Students create portfolio projects ranging from single to composite images. Color theory, manipulation and correction of existing files are covered.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create or manipulate raster based imaging projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter, or manipulate existing raster based information.
    2. Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
    3. Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
    4. Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
    5. Convert colors to conform to various specification modes.
    6. Identify color theory and prepare files for various prepress specifications (separations: process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
    7. Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
    8. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    9. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify problems, approach them systematically, and explore viable solutions.

    Objectives:

    1. Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter or manipulate existing raster based information.
    2. Trace templates or scanned files in order to create paths and/or selections.
    3. Import files from various graphic, drawing, and scanning applications or library storage disks for the purpose of composite imaging.
    4. Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers, and color printers.
    5. Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
    6. Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
    7. Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
    8. Place and modify graphic images in the document.
    9. Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
    10. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    11. Apply various type or character attributes to conform to specific job specifications.
    12. Use the printers system of measure.
    13. Scan black and white, grayscale, or halftone and color images.
    14. Convert colors to conform to various specification modes.
    15. Identify color theory and prepare files for various prepress specifications (separations: process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
    16. Use networking and servers.
    17. Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
    18. Connect to a (filesharing) network to transfer and save files.
    19. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    20. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to to import and export various text and graphics formatted in several different file formats.

    Objectives:

    1. Import files from various graphic, drawing and scanning applications or library storage disks for the purpose of composite imaging.
    2. Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
    3. Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
    4. Place and modify graphic images in the document.
    5. Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
    6. Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
    7. Apply various type or character attributes to conform to specific job specifications.
    8. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create various path selections using Bezier path attributes.

    Objectives:

    1. Trace templates or scanned files in order to create paths and/or selections.
    2. Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
    3. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create raster based files for proper output to a service bureau, internet application, or media printer.

    Objectives:

    1. Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter, or manipulate existing raster based information.
    2. Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
    3. Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
    4. Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
    5. Use the printers system of measure.
    6. Convert colors to conform to various specification modes.
    7. Identify color theory and prepare files for various prepress specifications (separations: process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
    8. Use networking and servers.
    9. Connect to a (filesharing) network to transfer and save files.
    10. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    11. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will create composite images for use in various media applications.

    Objectives:

    1. Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter, or manipulate existing raster based information.
    2. Import files from various graphic, drawing and scanning applications or library storage disks for the purpose of composite imaging.
    3. Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
    4. Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
    5. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    6. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work within a network environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers, and color printers.
    2. Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
    3. Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
    4. Use networking and servers.
    5. Connect to a (filesharing) network to transfer and save files.
    6. Navigate through an electronic document.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with peripheral devices such as removable drives, printers, and scanners.

    Objectives:

    1. Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
    2. Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
    3. Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
    4. Use the printers system of measure.
    5. Scan black and white, grayscale, or halftone and color images.
    6. Navigate through an electronic document.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Photoshop
      1. Cross-platform issues
      2. Keyboard equivalents
      3. Menu conventions
      4. Undoing actions
      5. Macintosh requirements
      6. Image files
      7. Images used in Photoshop
      8. Resolution
      9. Resampling images
      10. Scanning resolution
      11. Setting preferences
      12. Creating a new document
      13. Transparency preferences
      14. Image display vs. image size
      15. NavlgaTor palette
      16. Dragging a marquee with the Zoom tool
      17. Working on detailed areas
      18. Opening documents
      19. Opening and placing Adobe Illustrator files
      20. Acquire command
      21. Saving documents
      22. Saving copies of documents
      23. Saving Photoshop documents as EPS and TIFF files
      24. Clipping paths
      25. Palettes
      26. Actions palette
      27. Tool palette
    2. Selecting ltems and Colors
      1. Color modes
      2. Indexed color
      3. Foreground and background colors
      4. Palettes
      5. Where colors come from
      6. Selecting colors with the Eyedropper tool
      7. Using the Color and Swatches palettes
      8. Eyedropper options
      9. Fill command
      10. Marquee selection tools
      11. Ellipse marquee tool
      12. Marquee options
      13. Adding to a selection
      14. Deleting from a selection
      15. The Lasso tool
      16. Polygon Lasso tool
      17. Lasso tools options
      18. Single Row and Single Column selections
      19. Feather command
      20. The Magic Wand tool
      21. Moving a selection
      22. Moving selected pixels
      23. Eraser/Magic Eraser tools
      24. Painting and Filing Images
      25. Painting and editing modes
      26. Hue, saturation, and brightness
      27. Color gamut
      28. Using the Paintbrush tool
      29. Soft-edge brushes
      30. Creating new brushes
      31. Saving and loading brushes
      32. Creating custom brushes
      33. The Paint Bucket tool
      34. Filling with a pattern
      35. Using the Airbrush tool
      36. Airbrush tool options
      37. Using the Gradient tool to create
      38. Painting modes for gradient fills
      39. Using the Gradient Editor
      40. Editing a gradient fill
      41. Gradient transparency mask
      42. Painting with the Line tool
      43. Applying arrowheads to lines
      44. Using the Pencil tool
      45. Applying the Stroke command
      46. Linear and radial fills
    3. Working with Layers
      1. Layers
      2. Using the Layers palette
      3. Creating layers
      4. Moving layers
      5. Displaying layers
      6. Arranging layers
      7. Deleting and merging layers
      8. Linking layers
      9. Copying layers between documents
      10. Making a selection into a layer
      11. Composite controls
      12. Layer masks
      13. Adjustment layers
      14. Editing adjustment layers
    4. Editing Images
      1. Midtones, shadows, and highlights
      2. Floating and non-floating selections
      3. Saving selections.
      4. Transforming selections and layer contents
      5. Copying and pasting
      6. Cutting and clearing images
      7. Paste Into
      8. The Rubber Stamp tool
      9. Retouching with the Rubber Stamp tool
      10. Aligned and non-aligned cloning
      11. Cloning with a pattern
      12. The Smudge tool
      13. Using the focus tools
      14. The toning tools
      15. The Actions palette
      16. Multiple command actions
      17. Inserting commands
      18. Duplicating actions
      19. Reordering actions
    5. Contrast
      1. Reading a histogram
      2. Using the Levels dialog box
      3. Defining black and white points
      4. Defining a neutral gray
      5. Using the Curves dialog box
      6. Correcting overexposed images
      7. Adjusting color balance
      8. Color Balance to adjust brightness levels
      9. Adjusting hue and saturation values
      10. Colorizing
      11. Using the Variations command
      12. Color Range
      13. Using adjustment layers for tonal correction
    6. Working with Type
      1. Anti-aliasing
      2. Type and type tools
      3. Type and layers
      4. Creating type
      5. Changing the color of type
      6. The Type Mask tool
      7. Creating transparent type
      8. Selecting individual type characters
      9. Using rulers, guides, and grids
      10. Filling type with a gradient
      11. Filling type with a pattern
      12. Applying special effects to type
      13. Rotating type
      14. Flipping type
      15. Using the Pen Tool
      16. Points and paths
      17. The Pen tool
      18. Adjusting a curved path
      19. Drawing straight lines
      20. Reshaping curved paths
      21. Adding and deleting anchor points
      22. The Rubber Band option
      23. Converting anchor points
      24. The Paths palette menu
      25. Path segments and subpaths
    7. Masks and Channels
      1. Masks
      2. Channels
      3. Quick Mask mode
      4. Saving selections in channel
      5. The Channels palette
      6. Channels palette icons
      7. Naming channels
      8. Channel Options
      9. Editing a selection in a channel
      10. Duplicating channels
      11. Using a selection as a mask
    8. Converting and Manipulating Images
      1. Image modes
      2. Modes and channels
      3. Changing modes
      4. Converting from grayscale to color
      5. Converting from grayscale to duotone mode
      6. Importing duotones into page layout programs
      7. Using the Crop tool
      8. Determining image size
      9. The Modify commands
    9. Filters
      1. Artistic filters
      2. Blur filters
      3. Brush Stroke filters
      4. Distort filters
      5. Noise filters
      6. Pixelate filters
      7. Render filters
      8. Lighting Effects filter
      9. Sharpen filters
      10. Sketch filters
      11. Stylize filters
      12. Diffuse filter
      13. Emboss filter
      14. Extrude filter
      15. Find Edges and Trace Contour filters
      16. Texture filters
      17. Filter factory
      18. Offset filter
    10. Printing
      1. Continuous tone images
      2. Dot quality
      3. The moral of the story
      4. Converting to CMYK mode
      5. Compensating for dot gain
      6. Verifying percent of dot gain
      7. Transfer functions
      8. Trapping colors
    11. Photoshop and Other Applications
      1. Other applications
      2. DCS format
      3. Photoshop and Illustrator
      4. Getting Illustrator files into Photoshop
      5. The Place command
      6. The Open command
      7. Exporting/saving paths and clipping paths in Photoshop
      8. Photoshop and QuarkXPress
    12. Photoshop and the Web
      1. Graphics on the Internet
      2. Internet graphics issues
      3. Scanning for the Web
      4. Scan settings
      5. Reducing image resolution
      6. Avoiding interpolation
      7. Color correction
      8. File formats
      9. Computer color display
      10. JPEG files
      11. GIF files
      12. JPEG vs. GIF files
      13. Deciding on a compression format
      14. Cross-platform format
      15. Indexed color for GIFs
      16. Dithering
      17. Types of dithering
      18. Indexing an image
      19. Color palettes
      20. Standard 256-color palettes
      21. Adaptive palettes
      22. Super palettes
      23. Conclusions
      24. Interlaced GIFs
      25. Transparent GIFs
      26. Aliased transparent GIFs
      27. Type on the Web
      28. Type from Illustrator

    Primary Faculty
    Sheehan, Shawn
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2320 - Portrait Photography

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly MACA 2310)

    This class is primarily a studio portraiture photography class, but it will also involve photographing people in a variety of settings other than in a photo studio. Individual, group, executive, environmental, and outdoor portraits will all be examined. Students must have their own digital SLR (DSLR) or digital mirrorless camera with removeable lenses and manual exposure controls. Students must also have a telephoto, telephoto zoom, or portrait lens, as well as a dedicated detachable flash for their camera and a tripod.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the basic operational features of a photographic studio.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate and measure the power output of a light source.
    2. Explain and demonstrate requirements for color balance lighting.
    3. Demonstrate the advantages and disadvantages of different types of studio lighting.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use studio lighting equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce images demonstrating the correct use of lighting for portrait settings.
    2. Demonstrate the controlled use of bounce flash.
    3. Demonstrate the use of soft boxes.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create portraits in a variety of light situations.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate posing of individuals and groups.
    2. Demonstrate and explain portrait light patterns.
    3. Demonstrate the use of natural and artificial light sources.
    4. Demonstrate the use of mixed lighting situations.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to photograph people.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce images of individuals and groups in studio light conditions.
    2. Produce images of individuals and groups in natural light conditions.
    3. Compose individuals and groups in a visually appealing way.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1.

    1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list
    2. Lecture: Studio set-up, demonstration of equipment, procedures, and rules

    Week 2.

    1. Lecture: Handheld light meters
    2. Lab: Metering a studio flash
    3. Lecture: Adjusting the studio flash and manipulating light
    4. Lab: Calibrating your camera, your light meter, and your flash.

    Week 3.

    1. Lecture: Lighting the human face and posing
    2. Lab: Assignment #1 - Single Light Individual Portrait Light Patterns Composite

    Week 4.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #1
    2. Lecture: Fill Light and controlling contrast with light ratios
    3. Lab: Assignment #2 - Two light portrait composite

    Week 5.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #2
    2. Lecture: Editing the human face
    3. Lab: Assignment #3 - Edit Assignment #2 images

    Week 6.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #3
    2. Lecture: Accent lights in portraits
    3. Lab: Assignment #4 - Three and four light studio portrait composite

    Week 7.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #4
    2. Lecture: Outdoor Portraiture, outdoor flash, full-length posing
    3. Lab: Assignment #5 - Outdoor Individual Portrait Composite

    Week 8.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #5
    2. Lecture: Environmental Portrait
    3. Assignment #6 - Environmental Portrait

    Week 9.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #6
    2. Lecture: Group Portrait, Lighting, and Posing
    3. Assignment #7 - Group Studio Portrait

    Week 10.

    1. Lecture: Editing Group Portrait
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #7
    3. Lecture: Candids, Event, and Photojournalistic-style Portraits
    4. Lab: Assignment #8 - Candid shots of people

    Week 11.

    1. Lab: Edit Assignment #8
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #8
    3. Lecture: Senior Pictures in Studio and Outdoors
    4. Lab: Assignment #9 - Senior Picture composite

    Week 12.

    1. Lab: Edit Senior Pictures and build composite
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #9
    3. Lecture: The Executive Portrait
    4. Lab: Assignment #10 - On-Location Executive Portrait

    Week 13.

    1. Lab: Edit Executive Portrait
    2. Critique and grading of Assignment #10
    3. Lecture: Model and Fashion Photography
    4. Lab: Assignment #11 - Model Composite in studio, outdoor and on-location

    Week 14.

    1. Lab: Assignment #11 (continued)
    2. Lecture: Editing a model/Fashion photograph
    3. Open lab/open studio

    Week 15.

    1. Critique and grading of Assignment #11
    2. Lecture: Creating your class portfolio
    3. Lab: Assignment #12 - Class Portfolio
    4. Final Exam Review

    Week 16.

    1. Critique and grading of Class Portfolio (Assignment #12)
    2. Final exam

    Primary Faculty
    Soule, William
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2400 - Advanced Digital Video

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1400 

    (6 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)

    Lecture and intensive hands‑on experience in planning producing digital video projects. Detailed elements and advance techniques for producing and directing multi‑camera studio and location programs. Post‑production techniques and technologies will be emphasized. Creation of 2D and 3D digital video transitions and effects. Advance editing on NLE systems to produce multimedia video presentations to tape, CD, DVD, and the Web.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to plan and produce short and long form video productions.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Script and storyboard projects in pre-production.
    2. Capture video and sound from live single and multi-camera productions.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the proper use of multi-camera studio and location production equipment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Capture video and sound from live single and multi-camera productions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture and mix multi-channel audio.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
    2. Script and storyboard projects in pre-production.
    3. Capture video and sound from live single and multi-camera productions.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit digital video using advance NLE software.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use the script and storyboard created in post-production.
    2. Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
    3. Add voice and sound for assigned projects.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce projects to a variety of media formats.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
    2. Produce projects in a variety of media formats using diverse applications.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate how to prepare video in various file formats for clients.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
    2. Compile projects in a variety of media formats and deliverables.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list.

    Week 2. Lecture: Video technology. Non-broadcast video theory, vocabulary, and equipment. Present and potential applications of the technologies.

    Week 3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of studio crew will be examined.

    Assignment: Studio production crews are formed and assignments made for first project.

    Week 4. Lecture: Studio camera operations. Basic control room equipment. Basic lighting for studio productions. Lighting switcher and waveform.

    Week 5. Lecture: Two and three camera video productions. Basic shooting techniques. Use of video continuity.

    Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of two.

    Studio cameras.

    Week 6. Lecture: Recording sound. Use of on and off camera microphones. Wired and cordless microphones. Monitoring sound and why.

    Week 7. Lecture: Basic use of teleprompters.

    Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of scripts and teleprompters.

    Week 8. Lecture: Studio lighting. Flags, Cookies and Gel filters for lighting.

    Week 9. Lecture: Pre-Production Planning. Script writing. Storyboarding.

    Week 10. Lecture: Script approval. Planning the shoot. Managing the shoot.

    Week 11. Lecture: Planning Your Edit. Advance editing techniques.

    Week 12. Lecture: Shooting the projects.

    Week 13. Lecture: Post-Production. Editing digital projects.

    Week 14. Lecture: Editing continues.

    Week 15. Lecture: Voice over. Back up and safeguard project files.

    Week 16. Review for exam. Final exam. Final grades and equipment maintenance.


    Primary Faculty
    Marquez, Yoselyn
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2510 - Introduction to 3D

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1320  

    (formerly MACA 2500)

    MACA 2510 introduces concepts of working in 3D. Students learn the tools necessary to navigate a 3D environment and to work and build 3D models. Topics also include texturing, animation, and rendering.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate a 3D interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Manipulate cameras to change views.
    2. Create projects.
    3. Open windows.
    4. Customize preferences.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create basic objects.

    Objectives:

    1. Create polygon surfaces.
    2. Create NURBS (Non-Uniform Rational Basis Spline) surfaces.
    3. Create curves.
    4. Create subdivision surfaces.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manipulate geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Move, scale, and rotate geometry.
    2. Edit individual components of the geometry.
    3. Group and parent objects.
    4. Duplicate objects.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create simple shading networks.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply basic shading groups to objects.
    2. Apply textures to the shading group.
    3. Duplicate and modify shading groups.
    4. Reuse nodes of a shading group to increase efficiency.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able use simple lighting rigs.

    Objectives:

    1. Create basic lights.
    2. Modify basic properties of the light.
    3. Control shadow properties.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use cameras.

    Objectives:

    1. Create 1 node cameras.
    2. Manipulate camera settings.
    3. Control multiple cameras.
    4. Animate cameras movements.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to render objects.

    Objectives:

    1. Use software rendering from cameras.
    2. Composite renderings into movies.
    3. Troubleshoot renderings.
    4. Use IPR rendering.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to animate objects.

    Objectives:

    1. Keyframe objects for animation.
    2. Delete keyframes.
    3. Change keyframes.
    4. Manipulate keyframes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Interface and basics of 3D
    2. Basic modeling
    3. Basic texturing
    4. Intermediate modeling
    5. Intermediate texturing
    6. Advanced modeling
    7. Advanced texturing
    8. Basic lighting
    9. Basic animation
    10. Rendering
    11. Compositing

    Primary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2520 - 3D Modeling & Rendering

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 2510 

    MACA 2520 expands on modeling and rendering concepts taught in MACA 2510. Students gain a deeper understanding of the hows, whys, and whens of creating 3D models for animating, texturing, and rendering.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to model high resolution polygon models.

    Objectives:

    1. Create rough polygon models.
    2. Refine rough models into highly detailed models.
    3. Work efficiently with proxy models.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to configure UV’s for their polygon models.

    Objectives:

    1. Use the projection mapping tools to layout basic UV’s.
    2. Use the UV texture editor to refine UV’s.
    3. Create multiple UV sets to control texture placement.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use polygon tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Create primitive polygon objects.
    2. Add additional divisions to polygon objects.
    3. Clean-up topology of polygon models.
    4. Mirror polygon objects.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create basic shading networks.

    Objectives:

    1. Create shading groups dependent upon the type of material desired.
    2. Add 2d and 3d texture nodes to materials.
    3. Use utility nodes to better control the 2d and 3d textures.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to customize the interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Create custom shortcut keys.
    2. Create custom marking menus.
    3. Backup and restore interface items.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to add customized lighting.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a multitude of lights.
    2. Adjust controls of lights to gain appearance desired.
    3. Define shadow properties.
    4. Apply textures and advanced properties to control the lighting appearance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to basic layout for creating quality modeling/rendering
    2. Advanced modeling concepts for creating a photorealistic scene
    3. Advanced texturing concepts for creating a photorealistic scent
    4. Utilizing render layers and compositing
    5. Modeling hard and soft surfaces
    6. Texturing hard and soft surfaces

    Primary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2540 - 3D Animation

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 2510  

    MACA 2540 introduces students to many of the 3D animation tools available. Students learn methods and practices to maintain flexibility and efficiency when animating objects.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create simple animation rigs.

    Objectives:

    1. Create bones/joints.
    2. Create IK handles.
    3. Create constraints.
    4. Create attributes.
    5. Create control objects.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use character sets.

    Objectives:

    1. Create major character sets.
    2. Create sub-character sets.
    3. Add attributes to individual sets.
    4. Animate objects in sets.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to animate objects.

    Objectives:

    1. Create animation keys.
    2. Create breakdown keys.
    3. Utilize locked attributes.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit keys.

    Objectives:

    1. Use the graph editor.
    2. Use the dope sheet.
    3. Manually move keys in the timeline.
    4. Copy and paste keys.
    5. Loop keys.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manipulate geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Parent geometry to joints.
    2. Rigid bind geometry.
    3. Smooth bind geometry.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to animation concepts and their correlation to 3D
    2. Simple animation. Simple object
    3. Complex animation. Simple object
    4. Setting up rigging controls
    5. Utilizing complex rigs.
    6. Animating a cycle of a biped
    7. Animating a scene with a biped

    Primary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2560 - Compositing with After Effects & Nuke

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 2510  or permission of instructor

    (formerly MACA 2913)

    MACA 2560 provides experience working in 2D and 3D in a production environment. In team and class projects, students will work with green screens, video compositing, and real‑world models, as well as utilize High Dynamic Range Imaging (HDRI) technology.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup, film, and digitally remove green screens.

    Objectives:

    1. Light, film and digitally remove green screens.
    2. Remove tracking markers.
    3. Color correct to correct green screen feathering.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to photograph and create HDR images.

    Objectives:

    1. Photograph and compile HDR images.
    2. Utilize HDR for utilization in Mental Ray rendering.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work in a team to create digital scenes.

    Objectives:

    1. Model and Texture digital environments.
    2. Work within a team to complete assignment posing as modeler or texture artist.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with different departments to create animations.

    Objectives:

    1. Receive a storyboard and create an animation from it.
    2. Work with digital compositors to compile sequences into an animation with audio.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create stunning 2D animations.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize After Effects to create animations using only in-program assets.
    2. Utilize Maya to create 2D animations from 3D objects.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with video inside of 3D to setup and render compositing images.

    Objectives:

    1. Work inside of 3D to setup and render compositing images.
    2. Create and use textures in a 3D environment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to compositing and software concepts
    2. Track 1D, 2D, and 2D camera movements and apply them to other objects
    3. Track objects which move off screen
    4. Replace backgrounds of videos
    5. Apply green screen removal concepts
    6. Rotoscope video
    7. Combine 3D video with a single image
    8. Combine 3D video with a video

    Primary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2570 - Advanced After Effects

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1900 

    (formerly MACA 2916)

    This course covers advanced expression, effects, 3D camera, motion tracking techniques as students build their presentation reels to strict requirements and guidelines through a series of comprehensive projects. Projects will cover a wide range of motion tracking, kinetic motion text and design, track mattes, color keys, and CGI composite animation techniques for the purpose of preparing students for positions within the integrated full service media/motion industry.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize filters, effects and presets to modify animation and change the appearance of footage.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply effects and presets.
    2. Use transition effects.
    3. Utilize color correction and adjustment layers.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to paint on layers.

    Objectives:

    1. Edit a paint stroke.
    2. Morph paint strokes over time.
    3. Create write-on effect with eraser tool.
    4. Use the clone stamp tool.
    5. Utilize painting through the scribble effect.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize masks.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw masks with the pen tool.
    2. Draw custom bézier masks.
    3. Use multiple mask modes.
    4. Animate and change mask shapes.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create track mattes.

    Objectives:

    1. Use alpha channels.
    2. Import and alter alpha and luminance channels.
    3. Create a track matte.
    4. Use soft-edged track mattes.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with color keys.

    Objectives:

    1. Choose an appropriate color key.
    2. Adjust and fix color key selections.
    3. Use Keylight and view key results.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use work with 3D layers.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize multiple 3D layers.
    2. Create custom camera views.
    3. Work with various lighting techniques.
    4. Add and animate cameras.
    5. Animate a camera’s point of interest.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use expressions to enhance animation.

    Objectives:

    1. Add expression and relationship attributes.
    2. Create property relationships.
    3. Multiply expression values.
    4. Use text, effects, and expressions.
    5. Use java-script expression language.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to track motion and stabilize footage.

    Objectives:

    1. Track motion within video to apply to other layers.
    2. Stabilize video footage.
    3. Utilize Mocha to track motion.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1. Lecture: Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list. Pre test.
    Week 2. Lecture: Applying Effects
    Week 2. Practical: Alter footage with four diverse effects
    Week 3. Lecture: Animating Effects and Pre-sets
    Week 3. Practical: Animate a drop shadow effect and explore the cc effect plugins
    Week 4. Lecture: Painting on Layers
    Week 4. Practical: Create a Write-on effect and utilize Pressure Sensitivity with Paint Tools
    Week 5. Lecture: Morph Paint Strokes
    Week 5. Practical: Modify the shape of a Paint Stroke over time
    Week 6. Lecture: Creating Masks
    Week 6. Practical: Mask out footage with various mask pre-set shapes
    Week 7. Lecture: Utilize Bézier Masks
    Week 7. Practical: Use Pen Tool to create custom masks
    Week 8. Lecture: Color Keys and Motion Tracking
    Week 8. Practical: Create simple color keys, explore Keylight 2.0, Use Mocha to motion track
    Week 9. Lecture: Explore 3D layers and camera techniques
    Week 9. Practical: Create 3D layers and camera compositions
    Week 10. Lecture: Use expressions and relationship properties
    Week 10. Practical: Use expression scripts to enhance and expedite animation
    Week 11. Lecture: Assembly and storyboard techniques for individual reel presentations
    Week 12. Lecture: Create and organize assets
    Week 12. Practical: Work on student reels
    Week 13. Lecture: Continue reel presentation specifications
    Week 13. Practical: Work on student reels
    Week 14. Lecture: Continue reel presentation specifications
    Week 14. Practical: Work on student reels
    Week 15. Practical: Work on student reels
    Week 16. Practical: Compile all videos, and final presentations
    Primary Faculty
    Sheehan, Shawn
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2725 - Content for the Web

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1320 

    (formerly MACA 2720) 

    MACA 2725 was created for web page designers and multimedia creators to learn how to plan what content should go on a web page, web social networks, or multimedia project. Students will demonstrate how to plan, design, and create content for web and interactive multimedia projects that can be used for both web and mobile devices.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to create designs on a computer based on the content plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice using networks and servers.
    2. Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
    3. Output to various imaging devices.
    4. Practice using different storage options.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the basics of organizing a content plan for any project.

    Objectives:

    1. Design a Content Model for a project.
    2. Create a Content Model to assess what is needed for a project.
    3. Organize content based on the Content Model.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will apply the tools needed to combine content for multimedia projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Build graphics required for a project and modify text in an electronic web page document.
    2. Place and modify graphics and behaviors in an electronic web page document.
    3. Compress and export complete project.
    4. Practice testing a project.
    5. Move and save project files.
    6. Demonstrate file management.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will compare methods to solve problems by approaching them systematically and exploring solutions.

    Objectives:

    1. Navigate through and produce electronic web documents.
    2. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    3. Demonstrate how a program can be used to combine text, graphics, and behaviors.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate professional work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
    3. Test projects.
    4. Practice good file management.
    5. Upload files to a server.
    6. Prepare projects properly for presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Project 1: Create a new document used to refine basic building block skills.

    1. Create and save text and graphics.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Use a Content Model to organize a message.
    4. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 2: Modify a new document using software.

    1. Modify and embed new content.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 3: Optimize a new document using compression skills.

    1. Optimize the weight of a new project.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 4: Demonstrate how to use content building blocks to modify a document.

    1. Mid term project utilizing all skills learned.

    Project 5: Publish a new document using software.

    1. Publish a new project.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 6: Demonstrate how to use a new software.

    1. Final project utilizing all skills learned.

    Primary Faculty
    Crumb, Michael
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2765 - Animation for the Web

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 2725 

    (formerly MACA 2760)

    MACA 2765 was created to give students experience creating animation for web and animated desktop apps. Students will demonstrate how to plan, design, create animation, publish pages and desktop applications that can be used for both computers and mobile devices. 

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    OUTCOME 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to produce animation on a computer.

    OBJECTIVES:    

    1. Practice using networks and servers.
    2. Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
    3. Output to various imaging devices.
    4. Practice using different storage options.

    OUTCOME 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will publish basic animations for any delivery platform.

    OBJECTIVES:    

    1. Create an animation for any project.
    2. Use a plan to assess what animation is needed for the project.
    3. Organize and create animation for the project.

    OUTCOME 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will apply the tools needed to design animated projects.

    OBJECTIVES:    

    1. Build graphics required for a project and modify text in an electronic web page document.
    2. Place and modify graphics and behaviors in an electronic web page document.
    3. Compress and export complete projects.
    4. Practice testing a project.
    5. Move and save project files.
    6. Demonstrate file management.

    OUTCOME 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will discover methods to solve problems by testing multiple solutions.

    OBJECTIVES:    

    1. Navigate through an electronic web document.
    2. Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
    3. Demonstrate how a program can be used to combine text, graphics, and behaviors.

    OUTCOME 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will demonstrate professional work habits.

    OBJECTIVES:    

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
    3. Test projects.
    4. Practice good file management.
    5. Upload files to a server.
    6. Prepare projects properly for presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Project 1. Create a new document used to refine basic animation skills.

    1. Create and save text and graphics,
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Use a Content Model to organize a message.
    4. Demonstrate professional work habits.

         
    Project 2. Modify a new document using animation software.

    1. Modify and embed new content.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

         
    Project 3. Optimize a new document using compression skills.

    1. Optimize the weight of a new project.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

         
    Project 4. Demonstrate how to use the animation building blocks to modify a document.

    1. Mid term project utilizing all skills learned.

         
    Project 5. Publish a new document using software.

    1. Publish a new project.
    2. Use professional problem solving techniques
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

         
    Project 6. Demonstrate how to use a new software.

    1. Final project utilizing all skills learned.

     


    Primary Faculty
    Crumb, Michael
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2850 - Portfolio Development

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Approval of Faculty

    MACA 2850 will take the students through the stages of building a portfolio (print, web or demo reel). Students will be evaluating their own work, branding themselves, and deciding on the efficiencies and effectiveness of displaying their work in different media. Students will take their own skillsets and learn how to refine and showcase them.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the strengths and weaknesses of a portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Discover where to find examples of specialty specific portfolios.
    2. Investigate how a portfolio is created.
    3. Dissect their body of work and acknowledge which pieces will help or hinder the job search and what is missing.
    4. Students will demonstrate the ability to select items for their portfolio that are consistent with their career goals.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the appropriate medium for different portfolio types.

    Objectives:

    1. Explore different mediums available.
    2. Differentiate between the mediums and explain which types of mediums are more suited towards showcasing different skillsets.
    3. Define the type of medium they will use to create their portfolio.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to choose pieces which best showcase their abilities, talents, and desires.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify pieces suitable for their portfolio.
    2. Rank items found for their portfolio into categories of usefulness.
    3. Manipulate and prepare items for their portfolio.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will generate a working portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Students will use their tools, skills, and resources to begin putting together their portfolio.
    2. Students will use feedback from instructor and peers while working on their portfolio and revise as needed.
    3. Students will finalize their portfolio.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize methods for promoting their portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Students will research different avenues for displaying a portfolio in their field.
    2. Students will make contacts with professionals in their field.
    3. Students will research companies to send their portfolio.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize resources for ensuring their work and portfolio remain relevant and up-to-date.

    Objectives:

    1. Students will locate resources for maintaining relevant work in their field for use in the portfolio.
    2. Students will build redundant and editable workflows for maintaining their portfolio.
    3. Students will present their research, portfolio, and update plan to their class.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Section 1: What makes a good portfolio? Students will look at and discuss a wide range of ways to showcase their work. Analyzing what works and what doesn’t.

    Section 2: Finding a medium. Students will research and analyze the different methods of portfolio creation and display and break down the different types in order to ensure they choose the best one for their specific area.

    Section 3: Getting material. Students will investigate the kinds of work appropriate to their chosen medium. They will filter through their own works to find pieces which fit their criteria and build or modify pieces to meet those needs.

    Section 4: Building the portfolio. Students will spend a major part of the class developing a portfolio specific to the field they are entering.

    Section 5: Getting it seen. Students will explore different avenues for displaying their portfolio and making it accessible to potential employers.

    Section 6: Keeping it updated. Students will explore and understand different sources for maintaining an updated portfolio. They will understand when to create new pieces and how to incorporate them into their existing portfolio.


    Primary Faculty
    Mellebrand, Kristine
    Secondary Faculty
    Sarcona, Shaun
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MACA 2880 - Design for the Web 3

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MACA 1840 

    (formerly MACA 2800)

    This class will provide advanced training in the web page and the site building process. This course is structured to continue the foundation concepts achieved in MACA 1840 ‑ Design for the Web 2. The student will create an advanced design plan by applying a content strategy, based on the client analysis. This user‑centered design approach will be refined with a user experience analysis. Students will practice creating advanced websites aligned to current industry trends. The web industry and professional careers will be explored.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply critical thinking skills to industry products.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice writing content models.
    2. Develop a client analysis.
    3. Asses the user’s needs.
    4. Practice planning that is supported by the content model, user needs and client analysis.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will develop an advanced design plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine a purpose for the project.
    2. Create a content model based on the purpose.
    3. Create a hierarchy based on the content model.
    4. Identify the User’s needs inside the content model.
    5. Create a design informed by a complete plan that includes the business and user’s needs.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will create advanced websites aligned to current industry trends.

    Objectives:

    1. Build graphics based the on content model.
    2. Use the tools needed to test and index site structure.
    3. Place and name graphics to promote SEO.
    4. Advanced compression of graphics.
    5. Refine and link web pages to promote ease of use.
    6. Advanced testing of a webpage and site

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will practice testing advanced website products on a network.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice professional version control.
    2. Identify, read, modify and write advanced web documents.
    3. Create advanced webpages and websites.
    4. Deliver a website on server network.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will employ professional work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow written and verbal instructions.
    2. Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
    3. Test projects, practice file management, upload files to a server, and prepare projects properly for presentation.
    4. Recognize professional work habits.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Project 1. Create a content strategy report.

    1. Research website purpose and message?
    2. What does the business need?
    3. What are the competitors doing?
    4. What is the business’ value proposition?
    5. What do users need?
    6. Build Content models aligned with Client analysis.

    Project 2. Use of design communications and prototyping tools.

    1. Create design documents and prototypes.
    2. Use advanced design workflow process.

    Project 3. Explore Industry and Professional Careers.

    1. Identify web skills and areas of interest.
    2. Identify professional careers in web industry.
    3. Identify local companies and job possibilities.

    Project 4. Build a website that is adaptive for use on multiple devices.

    1. Mid-term project utilizing mobile first approach.

    Project 5. Design a web site using an advanced plan.

    1. Improve production, planning and refine workflow.
    2. Final project aligns with content model.
    3. Demonstrate professional work habits.

    Project 6. Create a professional website

    1. Final project utilizing all skills learned.

    Primary Faculty
    Crumb, Michael
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Medical Assistant

  
  • MAST 1150 - Applied Math for Medical Assistants

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1201 MAST 1202 , and MAST 1203  all with grade C or better

    MAST 1150 is designed to provide the medical assistant with the mathematical skills necessary to calculate, prepare, and administer drugs safely and confidently in an ambulatory medical setting.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of basic math computations such as fractions, decimals and percentages.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply mathematical computations to solve equations
    2. Define basic units of measurement
      1. Metric system
      2. Household system
    3. Convert among measurement systems
    4. Identify abbreviations and symbols used in calculating medication dosages
    5. Calculate proper dosages of medication for administration

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to locate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.

    Objectives:

    1. Reading Oral Medication Labels and Dosage Calculation
    2. Identify scored tablets, unscored tablets, and capsules
    3. Read drug labels to identify trade and generic names
    4. Locate dosage strengths and calculate simple dosages
    5. Measure oral solutions using a medicine cup.
    6. Utilize Medication Administration Records
    7. List the Rights of Medication Administration
    8. List action steps with Medication Errors
    9. Identify correct hypodermic syringe for measurement of parenteral solutions
      1. A standard 3 mL/cc syringe
      2. Safety syringes
      3. A tuberculin syringe
      4. Tubex and carpuject cartridges
      5. 5, 6, 10 12, and 20 mL/cc syringes
    10. Read parenteral solution labels and identify dosage strengths
    11. Measure parenteral dosages in metric, milliequivalent, unit, percentage, and ratio strengths using 3 mL/cc, TB, 6, 12 and 20mL/cc syringes
    12. Identify how to prepare solutions from powdered drugs using directions printed on vial label
    13. Determine expiration dates and times for reconstituted drugs
    14. Calculate simple dosages for reconstituted drugs.
    15. Measure Insulin Dosages
      1. Discuss types of insulin
      2. Discuss the difference between rapid-, intermediate-, short- and long-acting insulins
      3. Read insulin labels to identify origin and type
      4. Read calibrations on U-100 insulin syringes
      5. Measure single insulin dosages
      6. Measure combined insulin dosages

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to calculate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform dosage calculations using ratio and proportion
    2. Define ratio and proportion
    3. Solve dosage problems using ratio and proportion
    4. Assess answers obtained to determine if they are logical
    5. Set up a basic Dimensional Analysis equation
    6. Set up a basic Dimensional Analysis equation requiring metric conversions
    7. Use the formula method to solve simple dosage problems containing metric units and mEq dosages

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to state the rules of medication administration.

    1. Right patient
    2. Right medication
    3. Right dose
    4. Right route
    5. Right time
    6. Right documentation

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Refresher Math Skills
    2. Drug Measures
    3. Medication Labels and syringe calibrations
    4. Dosage Calculations

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 1201 - Ethical & Legal Practices in the Medical Office

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: HHSC 1700 , HHSC 1740 , and WHES 2072  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: MAST 1202  and MAST 1203 

    (formerly MAST 1210)

    This course focuses on scope of practice, the Health Information Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), patient rights, criminal and civil law, interviewing, compliance reporting, public health statutes, legal terms, ethics, morals and practices for emergency situations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to discuss legal implications in the medical office.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate between scope of practice and standards of care
    2. Compare and contrast provider and medical assistant roles in terms of standard of care
    3. Describe components of the Health Information Portability & Accountability Act (HIPAA)
    4. Summarize the Patient Bill of Rights
    5. Discuss licensure and certification as they apply to healthcare providers
    6. Compare criminal and civil law as they apply to the practice of a medical assistant
    7. Define:
      1. Negligence
      2. Malpractice
      3. Statute of limitations
      4. Good Samaritan Act(s)
      5. Uniform Anatomical Gift Act
      6. Living will/advanced directives
      7. Medical durable power of attorney
      8. Patient Self Determination Act (PSDA)
      9. Risk management
    8. Describe the following types of insurance:
      1. Liability
      2. Professional (malpractice)
      3. Personal injury
    9. List legal and illegal applicant interview questions.
    10. Identify: 
      1. Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act
      2. Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 (GINA)
      3. Americans with Disabilities Act Amendments Act (ADAAA)
    11. Describe the process in compliance reporting:
      1. Unsafe activities
      2. Errors in patient care
      3. Conflicts of interest
      4. Incidents reports
    12. Describe compliance with public health statutes:
      1. Communicable diseases
      2. Abuse, neglect, and exploitation
      3. Wounds of violence
    13. Define the following medical legal terms:
      1. Informed consent
      2. Implied consent
      3. Expressed consent
      4. Patient incompetence
      5. Emancipated minor
      6. Mature minor
      7. Subpoena duces tecum
      8. Respondent superior
      9. Res ipsa loquitor
      10. Locum tenens
      11. Defendant-plaintiff
      12. Deposition
      13. Arbitration-mediation
      14. Good Samaritan laws

     

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to define ethics and morals.

    Objectives:

    1. Distinguish between ethics and morals.
    2. Differentiate between personal and professional ethics.
    3. Identify the effect of personal morals on professional performance.
    4. Develop a plan for separation of personal and professional ethics.
    5. Demonstrate appropriate response(s) to ethical issues.
    6. Demonstrate cultural diversity respect.

     

    Outcome 3:  Upon completion of this course, student will be able to discuss emergency procedures.

    Objectives: 

    1. Discuss fire safety issues in an ambulatory healthcare environment.
    2. Discuss fundamental principles for evacuation of a healthcare setting.
    3. Identify critical elements of an emergency plan for response to a natural disaster or other emergency.
    4. Recognize the physical and emotional effects on persons involved in an emergency situation.
    5. Demonstrate self-awareness in resounding to an emergency situation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Legal implications
    2. Ethics and Morals
    3. Emergency Procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 1202 - Communication & Administrative Business Practices in the Medical Office

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: HHSC 1700 , HHSC 1740 , and WHES 2072  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: MAST 1201  and MAST 1203  

    (formerly MAST 1200 and MAST 1220)

    This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to effectively communicate with patients, families, clients, providers, and supervisory personnel. Topics include verbal and non-verbal communication, barriers to communication, coping mechanisms, behavioral theorists, diversity, and coaching patients based on their health care needs as well as the administrative skills needed to create, store, and maintain medical records and scheduling, including electronic medical records.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the concepts of effective communication.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify styles and types of verbal communication
    2. Identify types of nonverbal communication
    3. Recognize barriers to communication
    4. Identify techniques for overcoming communication barriers
    5. Recognize the elements of oral communication using a sender-receiver  process
    6. Define coaching a patient as it relates to:
      1. Health maintenance
      2. Disease prevention
      3. Compliance with a treatment plan
      4. Community resources
      5. Adaptations relevant to individual patient needs
    7. Recognize elements of fundamental writing skills
    8. Discuss applications of electronic technology in professional communication
    9. Define the principles of self-boundaries
    10. Define patient navigator
    11. Describe the role of the medical assistant as a patient navigator
    12. Relate the following behaviors to professional communication:
      1. Assertive
      2. Aggressive
      3. Passive
    13. Differentiate between adaptive and non-adaptive coping mechanisms
    14. Differentiate between subjective and objective information.
    15. Discuss the theories of:
      1. Maslow
      2. Erikson
      3. Kubler-Ross
    16. Discuss examples of diversity:
      1. Cultural
      2. Social
      3. Ethnic

     

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply effective communication skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information:
      1. Reflection
      2. Restatement
      3. Clarification
    2. Respond to nonverbal communication
    3. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients
    4. Coach patients regarding:
      1. Office policies
      2. Health maintenance
      3. Disease prevention
      4. Treatment plan
    5. Coach patients considering:
      1. Cultural diversity
      2. Developmental life stages
      3. Communication barriers
    6. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques
    7. Document telephone messages accurately
    8. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology
    9. Develop a current list of community resources related to patients’ healthcare needs
    10. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator
    11. Report relevant information concisely and accurately

     

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify appointment scheduling methods.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the advantages and disadvantages of:
      1. Manual
      2. Electronic
    2. Identify critical information required for scheduling patient procedures
    3. Define types of information contained in a medical record
    4. Identify methods of organizing the patient’s medical record based on:
      1. Problem-oriented medical record (POMR)
      2. Source-oriented medical record (SOMR)
    5. Identify equipment and supplies needed for medical records in to:
      1. Create
      2. Maintain
      3. Store
    6. Describe filing index rules
    7. Differentiate between electronic medical records (EMR) and practice management system (PM)
    8. Explain the purpose of routine maintenance of administrative and clinical equipment
    9. List steps involved in completing an inventory
    10. Explain the importance of a data back-up
    11. Explain meaningful use as it applies to EMR

     

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform medical office business procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Manage the appointment schedule using established priorities
    2. Schedule a patient procedure
    3. Create a patient’s medical record
    4. Organize a patient’s medical record
    5. File patient medical records
    6. Utilize an EMR
    7. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system
    8. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment
    9. Perform an inventory with documentation

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Communication skills
    2. Telephone and reception
    3. Appointment scheduling
    4. Written communications
    5. Health information management and protection
    6. Emergency Preparedness
    7. Identify appointment scheduling methods
    8. Perform medical office business procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Cellitti, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 1203 - Financial Business Practices for the Medical Office

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: HHSC 1700 , HHSC 1740 , and WHES 2072  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: MAST 1201  and MAST 1202 

    (formerly MAST 1230)

    This course focuses on financial skills related to bookkeeping, accounts receivable,  third party reimbursement and procedural and diagnostic coding.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to define bookkeeping terms.

    Objectives:

    1. Define:
      1. Charges
      2. Payments
      3. Accounts receivable
      4. Accounts payable
      5. Adjustments
    2. Describe banking procedure as related to the ambulatory care setting
    3. Identify precautions for accepting the following types of payments:
      1. Cash
      2. Check
      3. Credit card
      4. Debit card
    4. Describe types of adjustments made to patient accounts including:
      1. Non-sufficient funds (NSF) check
      2. Collection agency transaction
      3. Credit balance
      4. Third party
    5. Identify types of information contained in the patient’s billing record
    6. Explain patient financial obligations for services rendered

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to perform accounts receivable procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting:
      1. Charges
      2. Payments
      3. Adjustments
    2. Prepare a bank deposit
    3. Obtain accurate patient billing information
    4. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to apply third party reimbursement procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify:
      1. Types of third party plans
      2. Information required to file a third party claim
      3. The steps for filing a third party claim
    2. Outline managed care requirements for patient referral
    3. Describe processes for:
      1. Verification of eligibility for services
      2. Precertification
      3. Preauthorization
    4. Differentiate between fraud and abuse
    5. Interpret information on an insurance card
    6. Verify eligibility for services including documentation
    7. Obtain precertification for preauthorization including documentation
    8. Complete an insurance claim form

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify procedural and diagnostic coding:

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how to use the most current procedural coding system
    2. Describe how to use the most current diagnostic coding classification system
    3. Describe how to use the most current HCPCS level II coding system
    4. Discuss the effects of
      1. Upcoding
      2. Downcoding
    5. Define medical necessity as it applies to procedural and diagnostic coding
    6. Perform procedural coding
    7. Perform diagnostic coding
    8. Utilize medical necessity guidelines

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Bookkeeping terms
    2. Accounts receivable procedures
    3. Third party reimbursement procedures
    4. Procedural and diagnostic coding

    Primary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 1240 - Infection Control Practices

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1201 , MAST 1202 , and MAST 1203  all with grade C or better

    This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to provide safe care for patients and protect against health threats to the practitioners. It emphasizes psychomotor skills related to hand washing, medical and surgical asepsis, bloodborne pathogens, sterilization procedures, wound care, dressing changes, and biohazardous wastes.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe the infection cycle:

    Objectives:

    1. List the major types of infectious agents
    2. Describe the infection cycle:
      1. Reservoir
      2. Susceptible host
      3. Means of transmission
      4. Portals of entry
      5. Portals of exit
    3. List examples of bloodborne pathogens and dedcribe their means of transmission in a healthcare setting.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to define:

    Objectives:

    1. Medical asepsis
    2. Surgical asepsis
    3. Personal protective equipment (PPE)
      1. All body fluids, secretions, and excretions
      2. Blood
      3. Non-intact skin
      4. Mucous membranes

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able identify Center for Disease Control (CDC) regulations that impact healthcare practices.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize implications for failure to comply with Center for Disease Control (CDC) regulations

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to practice aseptic techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Selection of appropriate barrier/personal protective equipment (PPE)
    2. Perform hand washing
    3. Prepare items for autoclaving
    4. Perform sterilization procedures
    5. Prepare a sterile field
    6. Perform within a sterile field
    7. Perform wound care
    8. Perform dressing change
    9. Demonstrate proper disposal of bio hazardous materials:
      1. Sharps
      2. Regulated wastes

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Medical Asepsis and OSHA Standards
      1. Hand washing
      2. Alcohol Based Hand Rub
      3. Gloving
    2. Sterilization and Disinfection
      1. Sanitization, Disinfection and Sterilization of instruments
      2. Autoclaving
    3. Minor Office Surgery
      1. Sterile Gloving
      2. Sterile Dressing Changes
      3. Sutures and Staples
      4. Medical Office Instruments
      5. Assisting in Minor Office Surgery
      6. Bandaging
      7. PPE
      8. Wound care

    Primary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 1611 - Laboratory Procedures & Phlebotomy for the Medical Office

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1240 , MAST 1811 , MAST 1150 , and MAST 2301  all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 1610 and MAST 1330)

    This course provides students with the knowledge and practical application of routine laboratory procedures performed in a medical office. Topics include: hematology, chemistry, urinalysis, immunology, and microbiology testing, as well as laboratory safety procedures, quality assurance, and quality control procedures. This course introduces students to the basic skills of phlebotomy. Students learn proper technique for physicians’ offices and outpatient clinics. Topics include point of care testing, venipuncture, blood collection, equipment, order of draw, specimen handling, and legal issues.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply to laboratory safety procedures required by OSHA.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize safety regulations for chemical, biological and electrical hazards
    2. Describe the information that a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) must include.
    3. Demonstrate proper handling of laboratory specimens
    4. Recognize laboratory safety equipment and supplies
    5. Demonstrate the proper procedures for reporting and documenting a laboratory accident
    6. Demonstrate the proper cleanup and proper disposal of a chemical and blood spill

     

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe CLIA waived testing.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify CLIA waived tests associated with common diseases
    2. Obtain specimens and perform:
      1. CLIA waived hematology test
      2. CLIA waived chemistry test
      3. CLIA waived urinalysis
      4. CLIA waived immunology test
      5. CLIA waived microbiology test

     

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to instruct a patient for a procedure or diagnostic test.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain a Clean Catch Mid-Stream Urine collection
    2. Explain a 24-hour Urine Collection Technique

     

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the venipuncture techniques including blood collection equipment, additives, and order of draw.

    Objectives:

    1. List the equipment and supplies needed to collect blood by venipuncture.
    2. List antiseptics and disinfectants.
    3. Explain the purpose of using a tourniquet for venipuncture.
    4. Explain the evacuated tube system.
    5. Identify the general categories of additives used in blood collection
    6. List the various additives within each category
    7. Describe how each additive works
    8. Describe the color-coding used to identify the presence or absence of additives in blood collection tubes
    9. Explain why the “Order of draw” for collecting multiple tubes is important.

     

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a venipuncture technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Select appropriate venipuncture site
    2. Assemble proper equipment
    3. Collect appropriate specimen

     

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform the butterfly technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Select appropriate site
    2. Assemble proper equipment
    3. Collect appropriate specimen

     

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform the capillary technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Select appropriate site
    2. Assemble proper equipment
    3. Collect appropriate specimen
    4. Describe the proper procedure for collecting specimens from adults, infants, and children.

     

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the proper handling and processing of laboratory blood specimens.

    Objectives:

    1. Process the laboratory requisitions
    2. Show awareness of the patient’s concerns related to the procedure being performed.
    3. Identify the patient utilizing two patient identifiers.

     

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper safety procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize Protective Personal Equipment (PPE), required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
    2. Utilize engineered safety devices
    3. State safety rules to follow when working in the laboratory or in patient care areas.
    4. Discuss examples of blood-borne pathogens and describe their means of transmission in a healthcare setting
    5. Identify safety techniques that can be used in responding to accidental exposure to:
      1. Blood
      2. Needle sticks
      3. Chemicals

     

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline quality assurance and legal issues.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the legal implications associated with phlebotomy in the healthcare environment.
    2. Describe the components of a quality assurance (QA) program
    3. Differentiate quality control (QC) from QA.
    4. Identify proper procedures for errors: improper technique, mislabeling, incorrect patient, and/or incorrect order of draw.
    5. Report adverse reactions to blood draw such as patient injury, needle stick injuries, and/or loss of consciousness.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Laboratory safety procedures
    2. CLIA waived testing:
      1. Urinalysis
      2. Hematology
      3. Chemistry
      4. Immunology
    3. Instruct a patient for a procedure
    4. Blood collection equipment, additives, and order of draw.
    5. Venipuncture technique
    6. Butterfly technique
    7. Capillary technique
    8. Proper handling and processing of laboratory specimens
    9. Safety Procedures
    10. Quality assurance, quality control and legal issues

    Primary Faculty
    Cellitti, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 1811 - Topics in Pharmacology for Medical Assistants

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1201 , MAST 1202 , and MAST 1203  all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 1810)

    This course is designed to provide the medical assistant with a working knowledge of pharmacology. Drugs are explained through their effects on the body’s anatomical structures and systems. Topics include drug names, laws, development, categories, sources, forms, resources, classification of drugs, immunizations, abuse, and misuse of substances.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe basic pharmacology concepts.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify names
    2. Identify Laws
    3. Identify Drug development
    4. Identify Drug categories
    5. Identify Drug sources
    6. Identify Drug forms
    7. Identify Resources for drug information

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify the general classifications of commonly prescribed medications.

    Objectives:

    1. Create drug reference cards outlining:
      1. Indication for use
      2. Desired effects
      3. Side effects
      4. Adverse reactions

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify immunizations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the disease for which immunizations are administered
    2. Identify the most frequent adverse reactions of the vaccines usually given.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to recognize abuse and misuse of substances.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize substance abuse
    2. Identify the signs and symptoms of abuse
    3. List problems of abuse in:
      1. Older adults
      2. Health care professionals
    4. Explain how legal substances can be addictive:
      1. Caffeine
      2. Nicotine
      3. Alcohol
    5. State dangers of secondhand smoke
    6. Identify problems related the use of illegal or recreational drugs
      1. Marijuana
      2. Cocaine
      3. Opiates
      4. Hallucinogens
      5. Club drugs
    7. Identify symptoms of abuse of household substances

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Basic pharmacology concepts
    2. General classifications of commonly prescribed medications and immunizations.
    3. Abuse and misuse of substances

    Primary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2010 - Fundamental Clinical Office Skills

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1240 , MAST 1811 , MAST 1150 , MAST 2301  all with grade C or better

    This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to provide safe care for patients. It emphasizes psychomotor skills related to obtaining vital signs, performing patient screening, and assisting a provider with an exam.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe diagnostic measurements for patient screening.

    Objectives:

    1. Indicate common diagnostic screening measures:
      1. Vital signs: Blood Pressure, Temperature, Pulse, and Respirations
      2. Height
      3. Weight
      4. Length (infant)
      5. Head circumference (infant)
      6. Pulse oximetry
      7. Electrocardiography
      8. Pulmonary function testing
      9. Peak flow meter
      10. Basic vision screening
      11. Basic Hearing screening

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to demonstrate diagnostic measurements for the patient screening process.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate common diagnostic screening measures:
      1. Vital signs: Blood Pressure, Temperature, Pulse, and Respirations
      2. Height
      3. Weight
      4. Length (infant)
      5. Head circumference (infant)
      6. Pulse oximetry
      7. Electrocardiography
      8. Pulmonary function testing
      9. Peak flow meter
      10. Basic vision screening
      11. Basic Hearing screening

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to record diagnostic measurements for the patient.

    Objectives:

    1. Document in the patient medical record finding of diagnostic measurements.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to verify the rules of medications administration:

    Objectives:

    1. List the rights of medication administration:
      1. Right patient
      2. Right medication
      3. Right dose
      4. Right route
      5. Right time
      6. Right documentation

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify proper sites for administering medication:

    Objectives: Identify proper sites for administering medication

    1. Oral
    2. Parenteral a. Intradermal b. Intramuscular c. Sub-cutaneous

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to demonstrate administration of medications:

    Objectives:

    1. Administer medications:
      1. Oral
      2. Parenteral
      3. Intradermal
      4. Intramuscular
      5. Sub-cutaneous

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to demonstrate assisting a health care provider with a procedure or treatment.

    Objectives:

    1. Instruct patient in procedure or treatment
    2. Assist health care provider with exam

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Basic Patient Care and Charting
      1. Measuring Weight and Height
      2. Positioning and Draping
      3. Assisting in Patient Transfer
      4. Introduction to Assistive Mobility Devices
      5. Assisting in a Physical Examination
    2. Vital Signs
      1. Temperature, Pulse, Respiration
      2. Blood Pressure
      3. Pulse Oximetry
    3. Cardiopulmonary Procedures
      1. Electrocardiography
      2. Holter Monitors
      3. Pulmonary Function Testing
      4. Peak Flow Testing
    4. Eye and Ear Assessment
      1. Basic Vision Screening
      2. Basic Hearing Screening
    5. Pediatrics
      1. Weight and Length of Infants
      2. Head Circumference
      3. Growth Charts
      4. Pediatric Injections and Immunization
    6. Radiology and Diagnostic Imaging
      1. Introduction to Diagnostic Imaging
      2. Positioning
      3. Prepping a Patient for Radiological Imaging
    7. Administration of Medication
      1. Introduction to Administering, Prescribing and Dispensing Medications
      2. Routes of Administration
      3. List the “Rights” Of Administration
      4. Common Sites for Administration of Parenteral Medication

    Primary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2021 - Nutrition & Medical Dietary Needs

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1611  and MAST 2010  all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 2020)

    This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to identify proper nutrition and instruct patients according to their needs. Topics include dietary nutrients, supplements, dietary needs, and medical diet plans.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to outline the dietary nutrients, supplements, and dietary needs for special populations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe dietary nutrients including:
      1. Carbohydrates
      2. Fat
      3. Protein
      4. Minerals
      5. Electrolytes
      6. Vitamins
      7. Fiber
      8. Water
    2. Describe the function of dietary supplements
    3. Identify the special dietary needs for:
      1. Weight control
      2. Diabetes
      3. Cardiovascular disease
      4. Hypertension
      5. Cancer
      6. Lactose sensitivity
      7. Gluten-free
      8. Food allergies

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to arrange a diet plan for a patient according to their needs.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop a meal plan utilizing basic principles of nutrition
    2. Instruct a patient according to their special needs

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Fundamentals of Nutrition
      1. Nutritional needs
      2. Planning healthy diet
      3. Digestion, absorption and metabolism
      4. Carbohydrates
      5. Lipids
      6. Proteins
      7. Vitamins
      8. Minerals
      9. Water
    2. Nutrition Across the Lifespan
    3. Medical Nutrition diet plans:
      1. Food allergies
        1. foodborne illness
        2. Lactose sensitivity
      2. Weight control
      3. Diabetes
      4. Cardiovascular disease
        1. hypertension
      5. Renal disease
      6. Cancer
      7. Gastrointestinal disorders
        1. gluten-free

    Primary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2301 - Medical Assistant Administration Practicum

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1201 , MAST 1202 , and MAST 1203  all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 2300)

    The front office administration practicum is a supervised administrative front office experience in an affiliated medical office facility. It is designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain experience with skills in reception, administration of the office, insurance, and computer applications. This unpaid practicum will be at various medical offices that set the hours and shifts. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to successfully demonstrate administrative medical office procedures.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including:
      1. reflection
      2. restatement
      3. clarification
    2. Respond to nonverbal communication
    3. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients
    4. Coach patients regarding:
      1. office policies
    5. Coach patients appropriately considering:
      1. cultural diversity
      2. developmental life stage
      3. communication barriers
    6. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques
    7. Document telephone messages accurately
    8. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology
    9. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator
    10. Report relevant information concisely and accurately
    11. Demonstrate:
      1. empathy
      2. active listening
      3. nonverbal communication
    12. Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
    13. Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including:
      1. gender
      2. race
      3. religion
      4. age
      5. economic status
      6. appearance
    14. Manage appointment schedule using established priorities
    15. Schedule a patient procedure
    16. Create a patient’s medical record
    17. Organize a patient’s medical record
    18. File patient medical records
    19. Utilize an EMR
    20. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system
    21. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment
    22. Perform an inventory with documentation
    23. Display sensitivity when managing appointments
    24. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting:
      1. charges
      2. payments
      3. adjustments
    25. Prepare a bank deposit
    26. Obtain accurate patient billing information
    27. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered
    28. Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record
    29. Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered
    30. Interpret information on an insurance card
    31. Verify eligibility for services including documentation
    32. Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation
    33. Complete an insurance claim form
    34. Interact professionally with third party representatives
    35. Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements
    36. Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements
    37. Perform procedural coding
    38. Perform diagnostic coding
    39. Utilize medical necessity guidelines
    40. Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection
    41. Apply HIPAA rules in regard to: a. privacy b. release of information
    42. Document patient care accurately in the medical record
    43. Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights as it relates to:
      1. choice of treatment
      2. consent for treatment
      3. refusal of treatment
    44. Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights
    45. Protect the integrity of the medical record
    46. Comply with:
      1. safety signs
      2. symbols
      3. labels
    47. Use proper body mechanics
    48. Recognize the physical and emotional effects on persons involved in an emergency situation
    49. Demonstrate self-awareness in responding to an emergency situation
    50. Utilize safety practices with patients:
      1. Utilizes two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients
      2. Labels specimens in front of the patient
    51. Demonstrate professionalism
      1. Arrives on time, no absenteeism
      2. Dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene
      3. During slack time, uses it constructively
      4. Asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Students will demonstrate administrative medical office procedures.

    1. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including:
    2. Respond to nonverbal communication
    3. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients
    4. Coach patients
    5. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques
    6. Document telephone messages accurately
    7. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology
    8. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator
    9. Report relevant information concisely and accurately
    10. Demonstrate: communication skills
    11. Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
    12. Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including:
    13. Manage appointment schedule using established priorities
    14. Schedule a patient procedure
    15. Create a patient’s medical record
    16. Organize a patient’s medical record
    17. File patient medical records
    18. Utilize an EMR
    19. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system
    20. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment
    21. Perform an inventory with documentation
    22. Display sensitivity when managing appointments
    23. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts
    24. Prepare a bank deposit
    25. Obtain accurate patient billing information
    26. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered
    27. Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record
    28. Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered
    29. Interpret information on an insurance card
    30. Verify eligibility for services including documentation
    31. Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation
    32. Complete an insurance claim form
    33. Interact professionally with third party representatives
    34. Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements
    35. Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements
    36. Perform procedural coding
    37. Perform diagnostic coding
    38. Utilize medical necessity guidelines
    39. Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection
    40. Apply HIPAA rules
    41. Document patient care accurately in the medical record
    42. Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights
    43. Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights
    44. Protect the integrity of the medical record
    45. Comply with safety signs, symbols and labels
    46. Use proper body mechanics
    47. Recognize the physical and emotional effects on persons involved in an emergency situation
    48. Demonstrate self-awareness in responding to an emergency situation
    49. Utilize safety practices with patients: two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients and labels specimens in front of the patient
    50. Demonstrate professionalism by arriving on time, no absenteeism, dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene, uses slack time constructively, asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2400 - Medical Assistant Clinical Practicum

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1611  and MAST 2010  all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 2800)

    MAST 2400 provides supervised clinical experience in an affiliated medical office facility to give students practical skills. This unpaid clinical practicum will be at various medical offices and hours and shifts are set by the facility. A minimum of 160 hours is required. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to graduate from the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Upon completion of this course, students will:

    Outcome 1: Perform diagnostic measurements for patient screening.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure and record: blood pressure, temperature, pulse, respirations, height, weight, length and head circumference (infant), and pulse oximetry.
    2. Perform electrocardiography, venipuncture, capillary puncture, and pulmonary function testing.
    3. Document measurements obtained.

    Outcome 2: Verify the rules of medication administration.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine right patient, medication, dose, route, time and documentation.

    Outcome 3: Administer medications.

    Objectives:

    1. Select proper sites for administering parenteral medication.
    2. Administer oral medications.
    3. Administer parenteral (excluding IV) medications.

    Outcome 4: Assist provider with a procedure or treatment.

    Objectives:

    1. Instruct and prepare a patient for a procedure or a treatment
    2. Assist provider with a patient exam.

    Outcome 5: Obtain specimens and perform various CLIA waived tests.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform quality control measure.
    2. Perform CLIA waived hematology, chemistry, urinalysis, immunology and microbiology tests
    3. Maintain lab test results using flow sheets.
    4. Differentiate between normal and abnormal test results.

    Outcome 6: Perform emergency protocols.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce up-to-date documentation of provider/professional level CPR.
    2. Perform first aid procedures for:
      1. bleeding
      2. diabetic coma or insulin shock
      3. fractures
      4. seizures
      5. shock
      6. syncope
    3. Incorporate critical thinking skills when performing patient assessment.
    4. Incorporate critical thinking skills when performing patient care.
    5. Show awareness of a patient’s concerns related to the procedure being performed.
    6. Calculate proper dosages of medication for administration.
    7. Select appropriate barrier/personal protective equipment.
    8. Perform hand-washing.

    Outcome 7: Practice aseptic technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Prepare items for autoclaving.
    2. Perform sterilization procedures.
    3. Prepare a sterile field.
    4. Perform within a sterile field.
    5. Perform wound care.
    6. Perform dressing change.
    7. Demonstrate proper disposal of biohazardous material:
      1. sharps
      2. regulated wastes

    Outcome 8: Outline dietary needs.

    Objectives:

    1. Instruct a patient according to patient’s special dietary needs.
    2. Show awareness of patient’s concerns regarding a dietary change.

    Outcome 9: Communicate information to providers and patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including: reflection, restatement, and clarification
    1. Respond to nonverbal communication.
    2. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients:
      1. Coach patients regarding: office policies, health maintenance, disease prevention, and treatment plan
      2. Coach patients appropriately considering: cultural diversity, developmental life stage, and communication barriers
    3. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques.
    4. Document telephone messages accurately.
    5. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology.
    6. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator.
    7. Report relevant information concisely and accurately.
    8. Demonstrate: empathy, active listening, and nonverbal communication.
    9. Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
      1. Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including: gender, race, religion, age, economic status, and appearance
      2. Explain to a patient the rationale for performance of a procedure

    Outcome 10: Perform medical office administrative functions.

    Objectives:

    1. Manage appointment schedule using established priorities.
    2. Schedule a patient procedure.
    3. Create a patient’s medical record.
    4. Organize a patient’s medical record.
    5. File patient medical records.
    6. Utilize an EMR.
    7. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system.
    8. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment.
    9. Perform an inventory with documentation.
    10. Display sensitivity when managing appointments.

    Outcome 11: Perform medical office financial procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting: charges, payments, and adjustments.
    2. Prepare a bank deposit.
    3. Obtain accurate patient billing information.
    4. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered.
    5. Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record.
    6. Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered.

    Outcome 12: Implement third party reimbursement procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret information on an insurance card.
    2. Verify eligibility for services including documentation.
    3. Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation.
    4. Complete an insurance claim form.
    5. Interact professionally with third party representatives.
    6. Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements.
    7. Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements.

    Outcome 13: Perform procedural and diagnostic coding.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform Procedural and Diagnostic Coding utilizing medical guidelines
    2. Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection.

    Outcome 14: Differentiate between legal, ethical and moral issues affecting healthcare.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply HIPAA rules in regard to privacy and release of information.
    2. Document patient care accurately in the medical record.
    3. Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights as it relates to choice of treatment; consent for treatment; and refusal of treatment.
    4. Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights.
    5. Protect the integrity of the medical record.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate response(s) to ethical issues.
    7. Recognize the impact personal ethics and morals have on the delivery of healthcare.

    Outcome 15: Utilize appropriate safety and protective devices.

    Objectives:

    1. Comply with: safety signs, symbols, and labels.
    2. Demonstrate proper use of eyewash equipment, fire extinguishers, and sharps disposal containers.
    3. Use proper body mechanics.
    4. Evaluate the work environment to identify unsafe working conditions.

    Outcome 16: Utilize safety practices with patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilizes two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients.
    2. Labels specimens in front of the patient.

    Outcome 17: Demonstrate professionalism.

    Objectives:

    1. Arrives on time, no absenteeism.
    2. Dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene.
    3. During slack time, uses it constructively.
    4. Asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Perform diagnostic measurements for patient screening
    2. Verify the rules of medication administration
    3. Administer Medications
    4. Assist Provider with a procedure or treatment
    5. Obtain Specimens and perform various CLIA waived tests
    6. Perform Emergency Protocols
    7. Practice Aseptic technique
    8. Outline Dietary Needs
    9. Communicate Information to Providers and Patients
    10. Perform Medical Office Administrative Functions
    11. Perform Medical Office Financial Procedures
    12. Implement Third Party Reimbursement Procedures
    13. Perform procedural and diagnostic coding
    14. Differentiate Between Legal, Ethical and Moral Issues Affecting Healthcare
    15. Utilize Appropriate Safety and Protective Devices
    16. Utilize Safety practices with patients
    17. Demonstrate professionalism

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2500 - Medical Assistant Refresher/Exam Review

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course provides a capstone review for students or graduates from medical assistant programs and experienced medical assistants who are preparing to take the national certification exam. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this review course, students will be able to use appropriate and professional communication in the medical office to promote healthy behaviors relating to a diverse population.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and define medical terms, word parts, and abbreviations related to all body systems.
    2. Distinguish between normal function and pathology of the body.
    3. Differentiate between legal, ethical, and moral issues affecting healthcare including standard of practice and HIPAA.
    4. Compare body structure and function of the human body across the life span.
    5. Recognize elements of fundamental writing skills.
    6. Identify resources required to instruct patients according to their needs to promote health maintenance and disease prevention.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe administrative functions in the medical office.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate between electronic versus paper methods for filing and record keeping.
    2. Identify critical information required for patient appointment scheduling, patient admissions or procedures.
    3. Identify types of records, equipment, and supplies needed for record keeping.
    4. Identify types of insurance plans and models of managed care.
    5. Distinguish between diagnostic and procedural coding.
    6. Differentiate between bookkeeping, accounting, and accounts receivable and payable.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to describe clinical skills utilized in the medical office.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the infection cycle, asepsis, and infection control procedures.
    2. Identify proper equipment and assist with patient assessment including measurement and positioning and minor surgical procedures.
    3. Identify proper equipment, placement, patient preparation, and instruction for the procedures.
    4. Recognize OSHA standards, laboratory safety and equipment.
    5. Differentiate quality control standards.
    6. Recognize components of nutrition, food pyramid, and therapeutic diets.
    7. Identify classifications, effects, side effects, and adverse reactions of medications.
    8. Identify proper dosages, units of measure, and abbreviations in calculating medication dosages.
    9. Describe personal protective equipment, body mechanics, and safety techniques to prevent accidents, evacuation in a healthcare environment, fire safety, and an emergency plan for emergencies or natural disaster.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate proper medication dosages.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of basic math computations such as fractions, decimals, and percentages.
    2. Locate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
    3. Calculate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
    4. State the rules of medication administration.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to complete mock computerized exams and quizzes in preparation for a national certification examination.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the Mock CMA Exam.
    2. Complete the quizzes assigned by topic.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. General Knowledge
      1. Medical Terminology
      2. Law and ethics
      3. Anatomy and Physiology
      4. Psychology and Stages of Human Growth and Development
      5. Communication: written and mail processing
      6. Patient Education
    2. Review Administrative Knowledge
      1. Administrative Technologies
      2. Appointment Scheduling
      3. Medical Records
      4. Correspondence
      5. Medical Insurance
      6. Medical Coding and Claims
      7. Financial Practices
      8. Practice Management
    3. Review Clinical Knowledge
      1. Microorganisms and Asepsis
      2. Patient Exams, assisting, vital signs
      3. Minor Surgical Procedures
      4. Electrocardiography
      5. Laboratory Procedures/Phlebotomy
      6. Medical Imaging
      7. Physical Modalities
      8. Nutrition
      9. Pharmacology and Medication Administration
      10. Emergency Preparedness

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Primeau, Paula
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Metal Craft Theory

  
  • ATMT 1150 - Machine Theory-Machine Tool Laboratory 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Basic theory and operations of the fundamental machines used in a modern machine shop. Basic skills and technical knowledge are covered for drill presses, shapers, lathes, and milling machines. Safe work habits are emphasized. Inspection is an integral part of the course.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop safe work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Learn proper use of safety equipment.
    2. Learn safe dressing practices.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use precision measuring instruments.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure objects using micrometers and calipers.
    2. Locate workpiece edges using wiggler/edge finders.
    3. Scribe objects with Height gauge.
    4. Tram objects using a dial indicator.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup and operate typical machines used in a machine shop.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the drill press.
    2. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the engine lathe.
    3. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the horizontal and vertical milling machines.
    4. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the pedestal grinder.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Shop Orientation / Safety Decimal Problems: Interpreting Decimal Values General Safety
    2. Basic Layout and Measuring / Tool Metrology Problems: Using Measuring Tools Correctly and Precisely
    3. Lathe / Nomenclature / 411 / Cutting Speeds and Feeds / Work Driving Methods Setup Problems: Become Familiar with Lathe Terminology and Functions
    4. Lathe Straight / Turning, Facing / Shouldering / Knurling / Undercutting Problems: Lathe Demonstration Working with Taps and Dies
    5. Drill Press and Drill Procedures Problems: Drill Press Demonstration Tapping, Reaming Counter-boring
    6. Vertical Milling Machines Nomenclature / Setup and Basic Use Problems: Become Familiar with Mill Terminology and Function, Indicating Vise, Training Heat, etc.
    7. Vertical Milling Machines Cutters and Accessories Problems: Vertical Milling Machine Demo Squaring Stock, Cutting Angles, etc. Review Problems: General Shop Assignment

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1160 - Machine Theory-Machine Tool Laboratory 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATMT 1150  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    Advanced operations on the drill press and lathe in a modern machine shop. Safety in threading, taper turning and boring is emphasized. Layout and bench procedures are also an integral part of this course.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to grind high-speed steel cutting tools using a pedestal grinder.

    Objectives:

    1. Grind clearance angles on lathe tools.
    2. Grind rake angles on lathe tools.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture ID/OD threads using an engine lathe.

    Objectives:

    1. Learn thread nomenclature.
    2. Calculate thread data using appropriate formulas.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture tapers using an engine lathe.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts and nomenclature of tapers.
    2. Calculate taper data using appropriate formulas.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to grind components to required surface finish using a surface grinder.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts and nomenclature of surface grinders.
    2. Identify parts and nomenclature of cylindrical grinders.
    3. Properly select grinding wheels and grades.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture spur gears using horizontal milling machine.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts and nomenclature of spur gears.
    2. Calculate movement to cut a spur gear on a dividing head.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation Safety Measure Review and Layout
    2. Lathe Thread Formation and Calculation, Cutting Threads - External and Internal
    3. Lathe - Turning and Checking Tapers
    4. Horizontal Mills Dividing Head Indexing, Simple and Direct Indexing, Angular Indexing
    5. Gears and Gear Cutting, Spur Gear Calculation, Cutting a Gear, Gear Inspection
    6. Grinding and Abrasive Machining, Grinding Wheel Selection, Dressing the Grinding Wheel, Grinding Fluid, Surface Grinding, Work Holding Devices, Problems and Solution in Surface Grinding
    7. Practical Theory Applications

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1210 - Machine Theory-Benchwork, Drill Presses & Lathes

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Theory of linear and surface finish measurement as well as the proper use of the tools and instruments used in these areas. Also covered is the proper use and care of the hand tools used in such operations as scraping, filing, sawing, chipping, and layout procedures. Drill press and lathe operations and the tools and accessories used on each are studied in addition to screw threads and standard taper design.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machine shop safety, hand tools, arbor presses, work holding devices, bench files and off hand grinding.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machine shop safety and hand tools, list the safety requirements in the machine shop and explain the proper hand tools for specific tasks and their proper use with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on arbor presses and work holding devices, list the proper type arbor press for specific tasks and list the proper work holding devices for machine shop specific processes with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on bench files and off-hand grinding, list the proper file for specific benching and finishing processes and describe the off-hand grinding procedures used in the machine shop with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe basic and precision dimensional measurement in machining and finishing, detail layout, micrometers, verniers, gage blocks and comparison measuring processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on basic and precision dimensional measurement and detail layout, describe basic and precision dimensional measurement and define the process of detail layout with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on micrometers and verniers, read the micrometer and vernier scales for Metric and English dimensional unit precision measurement with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on gage blocks and comparison measurement, calculate the minimum gage block stacks for machine shop set up and describe the comparison measuring processes used in the machine shop.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe drilling machines, drilling machine tooling, and drilling machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on drilling machines, identify the proper drilling machine for specific drilling operations; determine machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on drilling machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific drilling operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on drilling machine processes, state the proper process and calculate the correct speeds and feeds on drilling machines for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Drilling.
      2. Countersinking.
      3. Counter-boring.
      4. Reaming.
      5. Tapping.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe turning machines, turning machine tooling, and turning machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on turning machines, identify the various types of turning machines; identify the correct turning machine for specific turning operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on turning machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific turning operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on turning machine processes, state the proper turning process and calculate speeds and feeds on turning machines for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Turning.
      2. Facing.
      3. Drilling.
      4. Knurling.
      5. Recessing.
      6. Parting.
      7. Boring.
      8. Threading.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Shop Safety; Introduction to Mechanical Hardware
    2. Hand Tools; Arbor and Shop Presses; Work Molding for Hand Operation; Non-Cutting Hand Tools; Hacksaws; Files and Off Hand Grinding
    3. Dimensional Measurement; Systems of Measurement
    4. Using Micrometer Instruments; Layout; Basic Semi-Precision Layout
    5. Using Vernier Calipers and Vernier Depth Gages; Basic Precision Layout Practices
    6. Using Gage Blocks; Using Angular Measuring; Instruments
    7. Using Comparison Measuring Instruments
    8. Drilling Machines; The Drill Press; Drilling Tools; Hand Grinding of Drills on the Pedestal Grinder
    9. Work Locating and Holding Devices on Drilling Machines; Operating Drilling Machines Countersinking and Counter-boring; Reaming in the Drill Press
    10. Hand Reamers; Identification and Uses of Taps; Tapping Procedures; Thread Cutting Dies and their Uses
    11. Turning Machines; The Engine Lathe; Tool-holders and Tool Holding for the Lathe; Cutting Tools for the Lathe
    12. Lathe Spindle Tooling Operating the Machine Controls; Facing and Center Drilling Turning Between Centers; Alignment of the Lathe Centers; Drilling, Boring, Reaming, Knurling, Recessing, Parting, and Tapping in the Lathe
    13. Sixty-Degree Thread Information and Calculations; Cutting Unified External Threads; Cutting Unified Internal Threads; Taping, Turning, Taper Boring, and Forming Using Steady and Follow Rests
    14. Additional Thread Forms; Cutting Acme Threads on the Lathe; Using Carbides and Other Tools; Materials on the Lathe

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1250 - Machine Theory-Shapers, Planers, Mills & Grinders

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The mechanism, operations, tools, and accessories of the shaper, planer, milling machines, cylindrical grinders, internal grinders, centerless grinders, surface grinders, jig grinders, and cutter grinders are studied. Theory and application of indexing, helical and spiral milling, grinding wheel, and lapping are included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe sawing machines, shapers, gear cutting, and calculation of speeds and feeds for machining in the machine shop.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on sawing machines and shapers, list the proper sawing machine and shaper for specific machine shop cutting operations with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on gear cutting operations, list the gear cutting machines for specific types of gear cutting in the machine shop with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on speeds and feeds used in the machine shop calculate the correct speeds and feeds for machining operations with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe vertical and horizontal milling and boring machines, milling and boring tooling and milling and boring machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machines, identify the types of milling and boring machines, identify the correct milling and boring machine for specific milling and boring operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific milling and boring operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machine processes, state the proper milling and boring process, calculate speeds and feeds on milling and boring operations for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Milling.
      2. Boring.
      3. Drilling.
      4. Indexing.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe grinding machines, grinding machine tooling and grinding machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on grinding machines, identify the types of grinding machines, identify the correct grinding machine for specific grinding operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on grinding machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific grinding operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on grinding machine processes, state the proper grinding process, calculate speeds and feeds on grinding machine operations for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Dry surface grinding.
      2. Wet surface grinding.
      3. Cylindrical grinding.
      4. Outside diameters.
      5. Inside diameters.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Sawing machines - using reciprocating and horizontal band cutoff machines
    2. Abrasives and cold saws - preparing to use the vertical band machine, using the vertical band machines
    3. Shapers‐speeds and feeds‐ using the shaper
    4. Gears and gear cutting - introduction to gears‐spur gear terms and calculations; cutting a spur gear; gear inspection and measurements
    5. Vertical milling machines; the vertical spindle milling machines
    6. Setups on the vertical milling machine; vertical milling machine operation; Feeds and speeds for end milling; using the offset boring head
    7. Horizontal milling machines; plain and universal horizontal milling cutters
    8. Setting speeds and feeds for horizontal milling; workholding methods and standard setups; machine setup and techniques for plain milling; Using side milling
    9. Rotary tables and indexing devices‐ setup and operation of indexing heads and rotary tables; direct and simple indexing; angular indexing
    10. Grinding and abrasive machining processes; selection and identification of grinding wheels
    11. Trueing, dressing, and balancing of grinding wheels; grinding fluids, Horizontal spindle, reciprocating table surface grinder; using the surface grinder
    12. Problems and solutions in surface grinding; center type cylindrical grinders; universal tool and cutter grinder
    13. Preparation for machining operations; machinability and chip formation; speeds and feeds for machine tools; carbide and other tool materials

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1260 - Die Theory 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATMT 2912)

    This course covers the basic theory and function of dies.  The standard components of dies, different types of dies, and die function are major elements of the course.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe dies and their main components.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe a die.
    2. Describe the standard components of a die.
    3. Identify the components of the lower die shoe and its relation to the die retainer and die button.
    4. Identify the components of the upper die shoe and its relation to the punch retainer.
    5. Describe the materials used to make die components.
    6. Describe the various types of dies used in industry.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die function and maintenance.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how the die creates parts.
    2. Identify die setups for sheet metal bending.
    3. Describe basic die maintenance.
    4. Troubleshoot die operation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Types of dies.
    2. Standard die components.
    3. The lower die shoe.
    4. The upper die shoe.
    5. Materials used to make die components.
    6. Die function.
    7. Die setups.
    8. Die maintenance.
    9. Troubleshooting dies.

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1270 - Die Theory 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATMT 2913)

    This course provides a comprehensive understanding of die stamping components and operations.  Major elements of the course include: die stamping tooling, die stock materials and stock material feeding and handling equipment, and punch presses and accessories.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stamping components and operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe die stamping operations.
    2. Describe the components of die stamping.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stamping tooling and the associated terminology.

    Objectives:

    1. Define types of die sets.
    2. Define commonly used die set terminology.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stock materials and stock material feeding and handling equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify types of die stock materials.
    2. Describe the fabrication of die stock materials.
    3. Describe stock material feeding and handling equipment.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe punch presses and accessories and the associated terminology.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe punch presses and accessories.
    2. Define commonly used punch press terminology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Types of die stamping operations
      1. Cutting, piercing, bending, forming, drawing, progressive
    2. Components of die stamping
      1. Dies, punches, pilots, stripper plates, shedders, pressure pads, knockouts, nest gauges, stock guides, pushers
    3. Types of die sets
      1. Open, back post, diagonal post, center post, four post and heel type corner post
    4. Die set terminology
      1. Die shoe, punch shoe, guide post, bushing, shank, flange, bolt slot, die area and shut height
    5. Types of die stock materials
      1. Ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic
    6. Fabrication of die stock materials
      1. Shearing and slitting
    7. Stock material feeding and handling equipment
      1. Reel, cradle, ram feed, hitch feed, hopper feed, dial feed, magazine feed, cam feed, chute, slide, combination feeding and straightening machines
    8. Punch presses and accessories
      1. Straight-sided, under drive, high speed, single-action, double-action, back-geared, manual, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and transfer
    9. Punch press terminology
      1. Bolster plate, ram, frame, fly wheel, tonnage, stroke, cycle, shut height and die cushion

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1300 - Metallurgy-Characteristics of Ferrous Metals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Provides an understanding of the production structure and application of ferrous metals. Includes properties of ferrous metals, production of steel, cast iron, and a general background in basic heat treatment of steel.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe iron and steel making, material standards for iron and steel, iron/carbon equilibrium diagram.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on iron and steel making, list and describe the processes of manufacture, types of manufacturing equipment and the standard forms in the making of iron and steel with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on iron and steel material standards, list and describe the AISI material standards used to describe iron and steel with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented of the iron/carbon equilibrium diagram, list and describe the effects of carbon content on metallurgical structure with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the heat treatment of steels, mechanical testing of steels and Metallography of steels.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on heat treatment of steels, list and describe the heat treatment processes of steels and the metallurgical structure changes with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on mechanical testing of steels, list and describe the AISI testing procedures and mechanical properties of steels with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on Metallography of steels, list and describe the process of Metallography preparation and inspection of steels with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe cast irons, stainless steels and tool steels.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on cast irons, list and describe the types of cast irons, properties of cast irons with varying alloys, the processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on stainless steels, list and describe the types of stainless steels, properties of stainless steels with varying alloys, the processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on tool steels, list and describe the types of tool steels, properties of tool steels with varying alloys, the processes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction and Orientation to the Course. Introduction to Metallurgy.
    2. Iron and Steel ‐ Iron Making ‐ Reduction Steel Making, Plants. Furnaces Steel Forms.
    3. Iron and Steel Making Continued. Materials Standards.
    4. Material Standards Continued Carbon Steel ‐ Crystal Structure and Phases.
    5. Carbon Steel Continued ‐ Iron Carbon Equilibrium Diagram. Reference Chapter
    6. Heat Treatment of Steels ‐ Austenizing Quenching Tempering; Annealing and Case Hardening.
    7. Mechanical Testing‐Applying Mechanical Forces. Test Conditions Dynamic and Static Mechanical Test.
    8. Mechanical Testing Continued Hardness Testing. Metallography - Metallographic Examination; Grain Size.
    9. Metallography‐Image Analysis Physical Properties and Temperature Measurement.
    10. Cast Iron ‐ Carbon Equivalent (Gray ‐ White ‐ Malleable Ductile ‐ Compacted Graphite and Alloy Irons).
    11. Stainless Steels (Martensitic ‐ Ferritic and Austenitic Stainless Steels) Cast Stainless Steels.
    12. Tool Steels ‐ Water Hardening ‐ Cold Worked, Shock Resisting, Special Purpose, Mold and Hot Worked.

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1310 - Metallurgy-Characteristics of Non-Ferrous Metals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Understanding metals and their application. Topics to be covered: non-ferrous metals, theory of alloys, physical metallurgy, aluminum, magnesium, copper, bearing metals, die casting, powder metallurgy, surface treatment, new metals and applications, and welding metallurgy.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Copper and Copper alloys, Nickel and Cobalt, Aluminum and Aluminum alloys.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on Copper and Copper alloys, list and describe Copper and Copper alloys, properties of Copper and Copper Alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on Nickel and Cobalt materials, list and describe Nickel and Cobalt metals, properties of Nickel and Cobalt metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, list and describe Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, properties of Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Magnesium, Titanium and Titanium alloys, Lead, Tin and Zinc.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on Magnesium, list and describe Magnesium metals, properties of Magnesium metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on Titanium and Titanium alloys, list and describe Titanium and Titanium alloys, properties of Titanium and Titanium alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on Lead, Tin and Zinc, list and describe Lead, Tin and Zinc metals, properties of Lead, Tin and Zinc metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, course the learner will be able to describe precious metals, refractory metals and specialty metals.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on precious metals, list and describe precious metals, properties of precious metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on refractory metals, list and describe refractory metals, properties of refractory metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented of specialty metals, list and describe specialty metals, properties of specialty metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction to Course. Copper and Copper Alloys
    2. Copper and Copper Alloys
    3. Nickel and Cobalt
    4. Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
    5. Magnesium
    6. Titanium and Titanium Alloys
    7. Lead, Tin & Zinc
    8. Lead, Tin, Zinc Precious Refractory Metals
    9. Precious, Refractory and Specialty Metals
    10. Refractory and Specialty Metals Casting
    11. Casting powder Metals

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1400 - Science-Industrial Chemistry

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A study of the chemical and physical properties of materials used in industry and commerce and the related manufacturing processes and usage. Basic concepts of matter and energy; the atomic theory; laws of moving particles, water and solutions and the families of elements; nuclear and organic chemistry as related to industrial use and a survey of minerals, ores, and metals constitute the text material. Lectures are related to industrial and commercial problems in production, distribution, safety, and pollution control.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    OUTCOME 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe matter, element, and mixture compound.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe matter, pure substances and properties of matter.
    2. Describe element.
    3. Describe mixture compound.

     

    OUTCOME 2: Relate size and mass in units of the metric system and convert to and from the English system.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Identify size and mass in metric units.
    2. Identify size and mass in English units.
    3. Convert size and mass between English and metric units.

     

    OUTCOME 3: Describe the properties of oxygen and hydrogen and their effects in industrial air pollution problems.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe the properties of oxygen.
    2. Describe the properties of hydrogen.
    3. Describe the role of oxygen and hydrogen in industrial air pollution.

     

    OUTCOME 4: Interpret the Periodic Table in making comparison of elements in family groups.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe the periodic table.
    2. Use the periodic table to compare elements within family groups.

     

    OUTCOME 5: Apply basic laws to gases and relate properties to air pollution and corrosion.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe the properties of gas laws.
    2. Describe the way in which gas laws relate to air pollution.
    3. Describe the ways in which gas laws relate to corrosion.

     

    OUTCOME 6: Describe acids, bases and salts and relate usage in water pollution, electroplating, and electric batteries.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Identify acids and bases.
    2. Identify salts.
    3. Describe the role of acids, bases and salts in water pollution, electroplating and electric batteries.

     

    OUTCOME 7: Describe the characteristics of liquids, solids, and gases.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe liquids.
    2. Describe solids.
    3. Describe gases.

     

    OUTCOME 8: Describe radioactivity and be knowledgeable of radiation safety.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe radioactivity.
    2. Describe the procedures associated with radiation safety.

     

    OUTCOME 9: Describe organic chemistry and relate the processes and products of petroleum and coal and distinguish families of plastics, fibers and paper and their processes and uses.

    OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Describe organic chemistry.
    2. Describe the processes and products of petroleum and coal.
    3. Describe the families of plastics, fibers and paper.
    4. Identify differences between petroleum and coal and families of plastics, fibers and paper.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Pre-test, introduction to the science of chemistry method, measurement, metric system, problems.
    2. Matter, properties, elements, compounds mixtures, physical change, chemical change.
    3. Structure of matter - atoms, electrons, isotopes, atom weights, symbols, periodic tables.
    4. Compounds - noble gas elements, valence formulas, molecular weights.
    5. Laws of chemistry - proportions - hypothesis equations, computation of formulas.
    6. Gases - pressures, kinetic molecular theory law of diffusion, molecular weights, formulas.
    7. Liquids and solids - vapor, evaporation, surface tension, capillary action, solids.
    8. Solutions of electrolytes - abnormal behavior, strong/weak electrolytes, hydrolysis.
    9. Halogens-physical, chemical properties, uses sulfur-physical, chemical properties and uses.
    10. Phosphorus-physical and chemical properties carbor, silicon, boron - and uses.
    11. Alkali metals - alkaline earth metals and aluminum.
    12. Iron, steel alloy-compounds, chromium, nickel non-ferrous alloy-copper, zinc, tin, lead.
    13. Noble and rare metals-silver, gold, platinum organic chemistry-hydrocarbons, esters, plastic.
    14. Chemistry of the environment:  air-water pollution.
    15. Biochemistry:  carbohydrates, fats, and proteins.  Chemistry of the planets.
    16. Final examination.

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1650 - Millwright Theory-Millwright Theory 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The proper use of tools and equipment used by the industrial millwright will be studied. The principles of machinery and equipment, i.e., screw threads, flat belts, belt splicing, structural steel, wire rope, wire rope fittings, slings, hoisting chains, grinding wheels, and metal saws will also be studied.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe machinery and equipment installation, principles of power transmission, ‘V’ belt drives, and flat belt drives.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machinery and equipment installation, list the proper procedures for the installation of machinery and equipment with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on principles of power transmission, list the principles of power transmission with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on ‘V’ belt and flat belt drives, specify the correct drives for applications and calculate the belt and pulley sizes with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe gearing, chain drives, drive couplings and bearings.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on gearing, list the types of gears for power transmission and calculate gearing ratios for power transmission with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on chain drives, list the types of chain drives and sprockets for specific applications, calculate the power transmission ratios of chain drives with chain and sprocket sizes with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on drive couplings for power transmission, list the types of drive couplings for industrial applications and calculate the power transmission ratios in direct drive and clutching couplings with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on bearings, list the types of bearings for industrial applications based on loads and speeds with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe gaskets, packings, seals, structural steel, screw threads, mechanical fasteners and pipe fittings.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on gaskets, packings and seals, identify the correct gasket, packing or seal for industrial applications based on system pressures and movement with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on structural steel, identify the types of structural for industrial applications and list the geometric shapes and sizes of structural steel with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on screw threads, list the screw thread form and series for industrial applications; identify the types of screw threads for English and Metric thread series with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on mechanical fasteners, list the standard mechanical fasteners available for industrial applications and identify the mechanical fasteners for industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    5. Using the material presented on pipe and pipefittings, list the standard pipe and pipe fittings available for industrial applications and identify the pipe and pipefittings both straight and taper thread for industrial applications based on pressure and volume requirements with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Drawing, Sketches
    2. Machinery and Equipments Installation, Layout, Arc Method, 3‐4‐5 Method, Machinery Foundations, Vibration
    3. Principles of Power Transmission Belts, Calculations
    4. V‐Belt Drives, Fractional Horsepower Belts, Wedge Belts, Alignment, Tension Selection, Maintenance of U Belts and Drive, Installation
    5. Flat Belts, Belt Speed, Pulley Diameters, Slippage, Length, Strength, Joints, Installation, Drive Arrangements, Maintenance, Alignment and Shafting
    6. Gears - Spur Gears, Circular Pitch, Pitch Calculations, and Other Gear Types
    7. Chain Drives, Standard Roller Chain, Roller Chain Sprockets, Installation, Maintenance, Replacement, Silent Chain Sprockets, Installation, Maintenance, Replacement
    8. Couplings, Coupling Types, Rigid, Flexible, Styles of Flexible Couplings, Alignment Operations, Straight Edge, Thickness Gage Method, Indicator Method, Offset Shaft Couplings
    9. Packings and Seals. Stuffing Boxes, Lantern Rings, Mechanical Seals, Seal Lubrication, Balancing, “O” Rings, Formed and Molded Packing, Installation and Operation, Packing Procedure, Radial Lip Seals
    10. Bearings. Radial Bearings, Thrust Bearings, Guide Bearings, Plain Bearings, Bearing Materials, Bearing Design, Lubrication Holes and Grooves, Bearing Failures, Anti‐Friction Bearings, Ball Bearings Dimensions, Bearing Types, Taper Bore Spherical Roller Bearings, Adjustment of Taper Bore Spherical Roller Bearing, Bearing Nomenclature, Bearing Handling, Transmission Unit Bearings
    11. Structural Steel, Standard Angles, Beams, Channels, Structural Steel Bolts, Torque Wrench
    12. Screw Threads, Coarse and Fine Threads, Diameters, Thread Designations
    13. Mechanical Fasteners, Standard Bolts, Screws, Nuts, Grade Markings
    14. Pipe Fittings, Pipe Threads, Taper Thread Connections, Measurements, Steam Traps, Fire Protection

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1660 - Millwright Theory-Millwright Theory 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATMT 1650 

    Mechanical power transmission equipment principles of anti-friction bearings, bearing life and failure, bearing maintenance, mounting of bearings, trouble shooting, couplings, universal joints, drive chains, speed reducers, V-belts, mechanical fasteners, lubrication.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe carpentry, saw sharpening, and wood fastening.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on carpentry, list the proper tools for carpentry applications, list the standard carpentry materials and sizes, and calculate materials required for jobs with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on saw sharpening, list the proper tools for saw sharpening, list the correct cutting angles for sharpening saws, and describe the process to sharpen saws with80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on wood fastening, list the proper wood fasteners for applications and describe the processes of fastening wood with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe sheet metal fabrication, blacksmithing, rigging hoists, and rigging support structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on sheet metal fabrication, list sheet metal fabrication tools and processes including cutting, forming, seaming, fastening, and joining with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on blacksmithing, list the blacksmithing processes and tools including their proper use and blacksmithing applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on rigging, list the hoisting systems, structural support systems, and cable and roping systems used for rigging with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe electricity, welding, pumps, air compressors, hydraulics, and pneumatics.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the materials presented on electricity, list the cautions associated with energized equipment during servicing, describe the proper procedures for lock out with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the materials presented on welding fabrication, list and describe the welding processes used by the millwright, including selection of filler materials, joint preparation, and finishing including heat treatment with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the materials presented on pumps and air compressors, list and describe types of pumps and air compressors used for industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the materials presented on hydraulics and pneumatics, describe the types of hydraulic and pneumatic systems used in industrial applications for power transmission with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Carpentry - commercial lumber sizes, squares levels, miter boxes, plumb and layout
    2. Carpentry - construction principles, rafters, braces, floor, wall and roof framing, and sheathing
    3. Saw and Sharpening - hand saws, band saws, circular saws
    4. Wood Fasteners - the penny system, nails, screws and bolts
    5. Sheet Metal Work - edges, seams, and pattern development
    6. Blacksmithing - tools, forges, fluxes, welding tempering, thermal critical points
    7. Rigging and hoisting - (basic math and calculations)
    8. Ropes - knotting, care of ropes, chains, pulleys, differential blocks, work hoists
    9. Supporting Structures - gin poles, derricks, rope splicing, wire rope fittings, slings
    10. Electricity - definitions of terms, C motors, three phase, single phase, capacitor start‐synchronous motors. Control, circuits, and generators
    11. Welding - shielding metal arc and gas, TIG Oxyacetylene, definition of terms, power sources, duty cycle, electro slag, stud welding, submerged arc
    12. Pumps - Centrifugal, reciprocating, rotary single and two‐stage coolers
    13. Air Compressors - Heat of compression, single and two stage, intercoolers and after coolers, actual discharge, volumetric effects
    14. Hydraulics and Pneumatics - Principles, control valves cylinders, accumulators, portable table

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1700 - Thermoplastic & Thermosetting Materials

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A practical overview of the plastics industry, sources of plastics and typical plastic applications. The basic chemistry of polymers, material properties, cost and composition of both thermoplastic and thermosetting materials are studied. The fundamentals for material selection, testing procedures and product design are reviewed. Plastics to be studied include engineering resins, elastomers, reinforced materials and high strength composites.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the history of plastics, the plastics industry today, elementary polymer chemistry, health and safety of plastics.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on history of plastics and the plastics industry today, list the chronological order of plastics materials and application development and describe the plastics industries contributions to today’s products with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on elementary polymer chemistry, describe elements used to build plastics, describe the bonding of elements to build plastics, describe molecular structure of plastics, describe resins and addition and condensation polymerization process with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on health and safety of plastics, describe the cautions when molding and finishing plastics, and list the data found in the Material Safety Data Sheets accompanying plastics materials with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the elementary statistics applied in the plastics industry, describe the properties and tests of plastics materials and products for product applications, the ingredients of plastics, characterization and selection of plastics.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on elementary statistics applied in the plastics industry, list and apply the statistical tools used to analyze plastics materials and plastic products with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the materials presented on properties and tests of plastics, list and describe the appropriate tests determining mechanical, physical, thermal, optical, and electrical plastics properties with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on the ingredients of plastics, list and describe the ingredients and effects on mechanical, physical, thermal, optical and electrical plastics properties with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on characterization and selection of plastics, list and describe characteristics used to select plastics materials and plastic product applications with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machining and finishing of plastics, radiation of plastics, thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics applications.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machining and finishing of plastics, list and describe the plastics machining and finishing processes, list the tools and tool geometry for machining and finishing plastics, describe the problems inherent in machining and finishing thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on radiation of plastics, describe the changes in molecular structure of plastics from controlled exposure of gamma and beta radiation with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics applications, list and describe processes and product applications for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introductions and Orientation to the Course. History of Plastics.
    2. Plastics Industry Today.
    3. Elementary Polymer Chemistry.
    4. Health and Safety of Plastics.
    5. Elementary Statistics for Plastics.
    6. Properties and Tests of Plastics.
    7. Ingredients of Plastics.
    8. Characterization and Selection of Commercial Plastics.
    9. Machining and Finishing of Plastics.
    10. Plastics and Radiation.
    11. Thermoplastics - Applications.
    12. Thermoset Plastics - Applications.

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1750 - Plastic Product Design & Tooling

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A course focusing on plastic product and tooling design, including the product design process, designing for assembly, machining, finishing and decorating of plastic. Material selection is reviewed including injection systems, ejection systems, undercuts and mold components. Students will complete a comprehensive plastic product design.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the plastic product design process, plastic product performance requirements, plastic processing methods, optimizing plastic product function, and reducing manufacturing costs.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastic product design process, list and describe the elements of sequential plastic product design process with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on plastic product performance requirements, list and describe the plastic product design and processing requirements required for successful plastics product performance with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on plastic processing methods, list and describe the processing method design requirements for successful plastic product design with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on optimizing plastic product function, list and describe design elements for optimizing plastic product function with 80% accuracy.
    5. Using the material presented on reducing manufacturing cost of plastic products, list and describe the design elements for reducing manufacturing costs with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the plastic prototyping and testing, general plastic product design, structural plastic product design, and plastic product design for assembly.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastics product prototyping and testing, describe the plastic prototyping process and testing to gain product performance information for successful production plastic product design and tooling design.
    2. Using the material presented on general plastic product design, list the general plastic product design requirements for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on structural plastic product design, list the structural plastic product design requirements for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on plastics product design for assembly, list and describe the interference fits used in plastics product design for successful assembly with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machining and finishing processes for plastics products, painting, plating and decorating plastics products, and mold design for plastics products.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machining and finishing processes for plastics products list and describe the machining and finishing processes, list the tools, tool geometry, speeds and feeds for machining and finishing plastics, and describe the problems inherent with machining and finishing thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on painting, plating and decorating plastics, list and describe the processes and product applications, which enhance plastics products appearance and function with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on mold design for plastics products, list and describe the mold design requirements for the plastics processing methods for functional molds and related tooling with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction and Orientation to Course: The Design Process, Defining Plastic Part Requirements
    2. Processing Methods, Optimizing Product Function, Reducing Manufacturing Costs and Prototype Testing
    3. General Design
    4. Structural Design
    5. Design for Assembly
    6. Machining and Finishing
    7. Painting, Plating and Decorating
    8. Mold Design
    9. Mold Design Check List

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1950 - Science-Physics 1: Mechanics

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 2150  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    A study of measurement; molecular motion; liquid pressure and Pascal’s law; force systems; rectilinear motion; work power and energy; momentum and simple machine elements. Emphasis is on practical application utilizing the English engineering system of units.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use the metric and the N.A.S. units of measurements to solve physics problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a set of IP measurements, the student will determine the length, area, and volume of rectangular and cylindrical objects to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a set of metric measurements, the student will determine the length, area, and volume of rectangular and cylindrical objects to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given a set of IP dimensions, the student will determine the metric equivalent to an accuracy of 70%.
    4. Given a set of metric dimensions, the student will determine the IP equivalent to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish between weight and mass.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the formula F=ma, the student will identify F as the weight, m as the mass and a as the acceleration or gravity to an accuracy of 100%.
    2. Given the formula F=ma and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will determine the weight or the mass of an object to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given the formula F=ma and the various effects of gravity on earth and the moon using IP and metric units, the student will determine the weight or the mass of an object to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to state the law of conservation of momentum and apply it to physical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definition of Newton’s Third Law, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definition of momentum, to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given the formula p=mv, the student will identify p as the momentum, m as the mass and v as the velocity to an accuracy of 100%.
    4. Given the formulas p=mv and p1=p2 and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will prove the conservation of momentum, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the concept of work and apply it to practical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definition of work, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given the formula W=Fs, the student will identify W as work, F as the force applied in the direction of motion and s as the displacement to an accuracy of 100%.
    3. Given the formula W=Fs and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will determine the work performed, force applied or displacement of an object to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe how a machine is used to transfer energy from one place to another.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definitions of effort, resistance, and mechanical advantage, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given the formula FRxsR=FExsE and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will determine the mechanical advantage, force or distance to an accuracy of 70%.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Measurement and the Metric System
    2. Vectors: Magnitude and Displacement
    3. Motion: Velocity and Acceleration
    4. Force: Inertia, Acceleration, Friction, Gravity & Weight
    5. Force: Action & Reaction, Momentum, Collisions
    6. Force: Concurrent Forces, Concurrent Forces in Equilibrium
    7. Force: Torque, Parallel Forces, Center of Gravity
    8. Work and Energy: Work, Power
    9. Work and Energy: Energy, Conservation of Energy
    10. Rotational Motion: Measurement, Curved Path, Gears, Pulleys
    11. Simple Machines: Mechanical Advantage, Levers, Wheel and Axle, Pulleys
    12. Simple Machines: Inclined Plane, Screw, Compound Machines
    13. Matier: Properties of Matier, Solids, Liquids, Gases, Density

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 2210 - Plastic Mold & Die Cast Die Theory

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Plastic molding processes and the construction and engineering requirements of molds used for each molding process. The various mold making techniques, materials and fabrication techniques used to manufacture molds. Engineering and design specifications for mold construction and costing are studied.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe mold design basics for the plastics molding processes and die casting processes which include size of mold base, required plates, plate thickness, types of tool steels, ejection stroke, injection system, press type and size.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on mold design basics, list and describe the plastics molding processes, list and describe mold base sizing, required plates, plate thickness, types of tool steels, ejection system, and injection system with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on mold design basics, list and describe the die casting processes, list and describe mold base sizing, required plates, plate thickness, types of tool steels, ejection system and injection system with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on mold design basics, list and describe the plastics molding and die casting machine tools for plastics and die casting including press type and size with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe plastics mold and die cast mold action areas, plastics mold and die cast mold runners, gating and venting, plastics mold and die cast mold temperature control.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold action actions to eliminate die lock conditions with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold runner systems required to inject materials into the molds with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold gating and venting systems required to inject materials into the molds with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold temperature control systems required for the molding processes with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe plastics mold and die cast mold alignment systems, mold repair procedures, mold protection and storage and plastics and die cast product defects related to molds.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold alignment systems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold repair procedures including welding processes with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold protection and the preparation requirements for short term and long term storage with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe the plastics and die cast product defects as they relate to mold design and mold construction with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The Injection Molding Concept and the Importance of the Mold
    2. Mold Design Basics
    3. Mold Construction Basics
    4. Action Areas of the Mold
    5. Mold Runners, Gating and Venting
    6. Mold Temperature Control
    7. Mold Alignment Concepts
    8. Mold Repairing, Protecting and Storing
    9. Product Defects and Molds
    10. Mold Design Check List

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 2350 - Metallurgy-Heat Treatment of Ferrous Alloys

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    First six weeks covers basic metallurgy, iron-carbon diagram, S Curves, tempering curves, mechanics of quenching, furnace design, furnace atmospheres, theory of alloy additions and liquid heating baths. Seventh through 14th weeks involve the study of characteristics, selection and heat treatment of tool steels from water hardening to high speed steels and special alloys.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the principles of heat, heat treatment operations, heat treatment equipment, heat treatment procedures, and heat treatment quench media.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using the material presented on the principles of heat, describe specific heat of metals and heat capacity of metals as they relate to heat treatment of metals with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on heat treatment operations and equipment, list and describe heat treatment operations and heat treatment equipment with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on heat treatment procedures and heat treatment quench media, list and describe heat treatment procedures and quench media with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the heat treatment effects of carbon and other alloying elements, heat treatment of carbon tool steels, heat treatment of oil hardening tool steels, heat treatment of air hardening tool steels.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using the material presented on the heat treatment effects of carbon and alloying elements and concentrations on carbon steels, list and describe heat treatment effects on metallurgical structure and properties of carbon steels based on carbon content, alloying elements and concentrations with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on heat treatment of carbon tool steels, list and describe heat treatment processes, heat treatment effects and resulting metallurgical properties of carbon tool steels, based on carbon content with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on heat treatment of oil hardening and air hardening tool steels, list and describe the processes and resulting metallurgical properties of oil hardening and air hardening tool steels heat treatment based on alloying elements and concentrations with 80% content.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe heat treatment of hot work die steels, heat treatment of high speed tool steels, heat treatment of special purpose steels and metallurgical structural defects in die and tool steels.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using the material presented on heat treatment of hot work die steels, list and describe the metallurgical structure and property changes resulting from heat treatment of hot work die steels with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on heat treatment of high‐speed tool steels, list and describe the metallurgical structure and property changes resulting from heat treatment of high‐speed tool steels with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on heat treatment of special purpose steels, list and describe the alloying, metallurgical structure and property changes resulting from heat treatment of special purpose steels with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on metallurgical structural defects in die and tool steels, list and describe the types of defects found in die and tool steels, defect concentrations allowable in die and tool steels, and property effects of defects on performance of die and tool steels with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction to Course
    2. General Principles of Heat
    3. Heat Treating Operations
    4. Equipment and Procedure Used in Heat Treatment
    5. Relation of Cooling Power of Quench Media to the Steel Liquid Baths Used for Heating Steels, Function of Quenching
    6. Effects of Carbon and Alloy Addition
    7. Carbon Tool Steel
    8. Oil Hardening Tool Steel
    9. Air Hardening Tool Steel
    10. Hot Work Die Steels
    11. High Speed Tool Steels
    12. Special Purpose Steels
    13. Material Defects in Tool Steel

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Management

  
  • MGMT 1010 - Principles of Management

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introductory course covering the traditional concepts of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling, as well as more contemporary topics, including decision making, international management, cultural diversity, change, innovation, and managerial ethics within the business environment.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain basic management theory and concepts from a contemporary and historical perspective.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different schools of management theory.
    2. Describe how ethical behavior and social responsibility are achieved in management practice.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the management functions of planning and controlling.

    Objectives:

    1. List the steps required to develop an effective management plan.
    2. Recognize the key features of an organizational mission statement.
    3. Give examples of strategic, tactical, and operational planning actions.
    4. Identify the steps in the controlling process.
    5. Interpret simulated organizational results in order to identify corrective action.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the management function of organizing.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the various organizational design structures used to achieve organizational goals.
    2. Explain how key factors affect the structure of an organization.
    3. Describe the activities involved in Human Resources Management.
    4. Identify how groups and team influence an organization’s structure.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the management functions of leading.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify drivers of individual behavior in an organization.
    2. Define the concept of motivation, and list related early and contemporary theories.
    3. Define the process of leadership, and list related contemporary theories.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to individually apply a management concept to current events.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify a management article that correctly relates to a concept presented in class.
    2. Prepare a written report that summarizes the article and correctly identifies the relevant Management concept covered in class.
    3. Present findings orally to the class in a clear and descriptive manner.
    4. Utilize technology for presentations

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Management and Management Theory
      1. The Role of Management
      2. The Management Process: Management Functions
      3. History of Management Theories
      4. Decision Making Process
      5. Types of Decisions and Influences on Decisions
      6. Cultural Constraints and Challenges to Management
    2. Managing in Today’s Workplace
      1. Managing in a Global Business Environment
      2. Managing Diverse Workgroups
      3. How Ethics Impacts Management Decisions
      4. Encouraging Ethical Managerial Behavior
      5. Social Responsibility
      6. Managing Change in Organizations
      7. Innovation
    3. The Planning and Controlling Functions of Management
      1. Planning Defined
      2. Types of Goals and Plans
      3. Setting Goals and Developing Plans
      4. The Strategic Management Process
      5. Corporate and Competitive Strategies
      6. The Control Process
      7. Planning and Controlling Techniques
    4. The Organizing Function of Management
      1. Basic Organizational Designs
      2. Adaptive Organizational Designs
      3. The Human Resources Management Process
      4. Organizing Tasks Using Groups and Teams
    5. The Leadership Function of Management
      1. Individual Behavior
      2. Motivation Theories
      3. Effective Leadership
    6. Management Article Summary and Presentation
      1. Working independently, locate a recent article related to one or more Management topics.
      2. Prepare a written report that includes a summary of the article and a description of how the article relates to a topic from class.
      3. Present findings to the class individually and include the use of visual aids.

    Primary Faculty
    McLean, Angela
    Secondary Faculty
    Balcom, Tanya
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10